chore(release): db-postgres/0.1.2

.editorconfig

@@ -23,7 +23,3 @@ indent_size = 2
 [*.json]
 indent_style = space
 indent_size = 2
-
-[*.md]
-indent_style = space
-indent_size = 2

.eslintrc.cjs

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+module.exports = {
+  extends: ['@payloadcms'],
+  overrides: [
+    {
+      extends: ['plugin:@typescript-eslint/disable-type-checked'],
+      files: ['*.js', '*.cjs', '*.json', '*.md', '*.yml', '*.yaml'],
+    },
+    {
+      files: ['packages/eslint-config-payload/**'],
+      rules: {
+        'perfectionist/sort-objects': 'off',
+      },
+    },
+    {
+      files: ['package.json', 'tsconfig.json'],
+      rules: {
+        'perfectionist/sort-array-includes': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-astro-attributes': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-classes': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-enums': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-exports': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-imports': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-interfaces': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-jsx-props': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-keys': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-maps': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-named-exports': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-named-imports': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-object-types': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-objects': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-svelte-attributes': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-union-types': 'off',
+        'perfectionist/sort-vue-attributes': 'off',
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  root: true,
+}

.git-blame-ignore-revs

@@ -10,24 +10,3 @@ cdaa0acd61d3001407609915bd573b78565d5571
 
 # prettier write again
 dfac7395fed95fc5d8ebca21b786ce70821942bb
-
-# lint and format plugin-cloud
-fb7d1be2f3325d076b7c967b1730afcef37922c2
-
-# lint and format create-payload-app
-5fd3d430001efe86515262ded5e26f00c1451181
-
-# 3.0 prettier & lint everywhere
-6789e61488a1d3de56f472ac3214faf344030005
-
-# 3.0 prettier & lint everywhere again
-83fd4c66222d7846eeb5cc332dfa99bf1e830831
-
-# Upgrade to typescript-eslint v8, then prettier & lint everywhere
-86fdad0bb8ab27810599c8a32f3d8cba1341e1df
-
-# Prettier and lint remaining db packages
-7fd736ea5b2e9fc4ef936e9dc9e5e3d722f6d8bf
-
-# Bump all eslint deps, lint and format
-03291472d6e427ff94e61fca0616cca7796a3a95

.github/CODEOWNERS

@@ -1,29 +0,0 @@
-# Order matters. The last matching pattern takes precedence.
-# Approvals are not required currently but may be enabled in the future.
-
-### Package Exports ###
-/**/exports/ @denolfe @jmikrut @DanRibbens
-
-### Packages ###
-/packages/plugin-cloud*/src/ @denolfe
-/packages/email-*/src/ @denolfe
-/packages/storage-*/src/ @denolfe
-/packages/create-payload-app/src/ @denolfe
-/packages/eslint-*/ @denolfe @AlessioGr
-
-### Templates ###
-/templates/_data/ @denolfe
-/templates/_template/ @denolfe
-
-### Build Files ###
-/tsconfig.json @denolfe
-/**/tsconfig*.json @denolfe
-/jest.config.js @denolfe
-/**/jest.config.js @denolfe
-
-### Root ###
-/package.json @denolfe
-/scripts/ @denolfe
-/.husky/ @denolfe
-/.vscode/ @denolfe @AlessioGr
-/.github/ @denolfe

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/1.bug_report.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+name: Bug Report
+description: Create a bug report for Payload
+labels: ['possible-bug']
+body:
+  - type: markdown
+    attributes:
+      value: |
+        *Note:* Feature requests should be opened as [discussions](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/new?category=feature-requests-ideas).
+  - type: input
+    id: reproduction-link
+    attributes:
+      label: Link to reproduction
+      description: Please add a link to a reproduction. See the fork [reproduction-guide](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/.github/reproduction-guide.md) for more information.
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: textarea
+    attributes:
+      label: To Reproduce
+      description: Steps to reproduce the behavior, please provide a clear description of how to reproduce the issue, based on the linked minimal reproduction. Screenshots can be provided in the issue body below. If using code blocks, make sure that [syntax highlighting is correct](https://docs.github.com/en/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks#syntax-highlighting) and double check that the rendered preview is not broken.
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: textarea
+    attributes:
+      label: Describe the Bug
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: input
+    id: version
+    attributes:
+      label: Payload Version
+      description: What version of Payload are you running?
+    validations:
+      required: true
+  - type: input
+    id: adapters-plugins
+    attributes:
+      label: Adapters and Plugins
+      description: What adapters and plugins are you using? ie. db-mongodb, db-postgres, bundler-webpack, etc.
+  - type: markdown
+    attributes:
+      value: Before submitting the issue, go through the steps you've written down to make sure the steps provided are detailed and clear.
+  - type: markdown
+    attributes:
+      value: Contributors should be able to follow the steps provided in order to reproduce the bug.
+  - type: markdown
+    attributes:
+      value: These steps are used to add integration tests to ensure the same issue does not happen again. Thanks in advance!

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/1.bug_report_v3.yml

@@ -1,77 +0,0 @@
-name: Functionality Bug
-description: '[REPRODUCTION REQUIRED] - Create a bug report'
-labels: ['status: needs-triage', 'validate-reproduction']
-body:
-  - type: textarea
-    attributes:
-      label: Describe the Bug
-    validations:
-      required: true
-
-  - type: input
-    id: reproduction-link
-    attributes:
-      label: Link to the code that reproduces this issue
-      description: >-
-        _REQUIRED_: Please provide a link to your reproduction. Note, if the URL is invalid (404 or a private repository), we may close the issue.
-        Either use `pnpx create-payload-app@latest -t blank` then push to a repo or follow the [reproduction-guide](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/.github/reproduction-guide.md) for more information.
-    validations:
-      required: true
-
-  - type: textarea
-    attributes:
-      label: Reproduction Steps
-      description: Steps to reproduce the behavior, please provide a clear description of how to reproduce the issue, based on the linked minimal reproduction. Screenshots can be provided in the issue body below. If using code blocks, make sure that [syntax highlighting is correct](https://docs.github.com/en/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks#syntax-highlighting) and double check that the rendered preview is not broken.
-    validations:
-      required: true
-
-  - type: dropdown
-    attributes:
-      label: Which area(s) are affected? (Select all that apply)
-      multiple: true
-      options:
-        - 'Not sure'
-        - 'area: core'
-        - 'area: docs'
-        - 'area: templates'
-        - 'area: ui'
-        - 'db-mongodb'
-        - 'db-postgres'
-        - 'db-sqlite'
-        - 'db-vercel-postgres'
-        - 'email-nodemailer'
-        - 'plugin: cloud'
-        - 'plugin: cloud-storage'
-        - 'plugin: form-builder'
-        - 'plugin: nested-docs'
-        - 'plugin: richtext-lexical'
-        - 'plugin: richtext-slate'
-        - 'plugin: search'
-        - 'plugin: sentry'
-        - 'plugin: seo'
-        - 'plugin: stripe'
-        - 'plugin: other'
-    validations:
-      required: true
-
-  - type: textarea
-    attributes:
-      label: Environment Info
-      description: Paste output from `pnpm payload info` _or_ Payload, Node.js, and Next.js versions.
-      render: text
-      placeholder: |
-        Payload:
-        Node.js:
-        Next.js:
-    validations:
-      required: true
-
-  - type: markdown
-    attributes:
-      value: Before submitting the issue, go through the steps you've written down to make sure the steps provided are detailed and clear.
-  - type: markdown
-    attributes:
-      value: Contributors should be able to follow the steps provided in order to reproduce the bug.
-  - type: markdown
-    attributes:
-      value: These steps are used to add integration tests to ensure the same issue does not happen again. Thanks in advance!

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/2.design_issue.yml

@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-name: Design Issue
-description: '[SCREENSHOT REQUIRED] - Create a design issue report'
-labels: ['status: needs-triage', 'v3', 'area: ui']
-body:
-  - type: textarea
-    attributes:
-      label: Describe the Bug.
-      description: >-
-        _REQUIRED:_ Please a screenshot/video of the issue along with a detailed description of the problem.
-    validations:
-      required: true
-
-  - type: textarea
-    attributes:
-      label: Reproduction Steps
-      description: Steps to reproduce the behavior, please provide a clear description of how to reproduce the issue, based on the linked minimal reproduction. Screenshots can be provided in the issue body below. If using code blocks, make sure that [syntax highlighting is correct](https://docs.github.com/en/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks#syntax-highlighting) and double check that the rendered preview is not broken.
-    validations:
-      required: true
-
-  - type: textarea
-    attributes:
-      label: Environment Info
-      description: Paste output from `pnpm payload info` _or_ Payload, Node.js, and Next.js versions.
-      render: text
-      placeholder: |
-        Payload:
-        Node.js:
-        Next.js:
-    validations:
-      required: true
-
-  - type: markdown
-    attributes:
-      value: Before submitting the issue, go through the steps you've written down to make sure the steps provided are detailed and clear.
-  - type: markdown
-    attributes:
-      value: Contributors should be able to follow the steps provided in order to reproduce the bug.
-  - type: markdown
-    attributes:
-      value: These steps are used to add integration tests to ensure the same issue does not happen again. Thanks in advance!

.github/ISSUE_TEMPLATE/3.bug_report_v2.yml

@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-name: v2 Bug Report
-description: Report a bug for Payload v2. ONLY CRITICAL bugs will be fixed in v2.
-labels: ['status: needs-triage', 'v2']
-body:
-  - type: markdown
-    attributes:
-      value: |
-        ONLY CRITICAL bugs will be fixed in v2.
-  - type: input
-    id: reproduction-link
-    attributes:
-      label: Link to reproduction
-      description: Want us to look into your issue faster? Follow the [reproduction-guide](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/.github/reproduction-guide.md) for more information.
-    validations:
-      required: false
-  - type: textarea
-    attributes:
-      label: Describe the Bug
-    validations:
-      required: true
-  - type: textarea
-    attributes:
-      label: To Reproduce
-      description: Steps to reproduce the behavior, please provide a clear description of how to reproduce the issue, based on the linked minimal reproduction. Screenshots can be provided in the issue body below. If using code blocks, make sure that [syntax highlighting is correct](https://docs.github.com/en/get-started/writing-on-github/working-with-advanced-formatting/creating-and-highlighting-code-blocks#syntax-highlighting) and double check that the rendered preview is not broken.
-    validations:
-      required: true
-  - type: input
-    id: version
-    attributes:
-      label: Payload Version
-      description: What version of Payload are you running?
-    validations:
-      required: true
-  - type: input
-    id: adapters-plugins
-    attributes:
-      label: Adapters and Plugins
-      description: What adapters and plugins are you using? ie. db-mongodb, db-postgres, bundler-webpack, etc.
-  - type: markdown
-    attributes:
-      value: Before submitting the issue, go through the steps you've written down to make sure the steps provided are detailed and clear.
-  - type: markdown
-    attributes:
-      value: Contributors should be able to follow the steps provided in order to reproduce the bug.
-  - type: markdown
-    attributes:
-      value: These steps are used to add integration tests to ensure the same issue does not happen again. Thanks in advance!

.github/PULL_REQUEST_TEMPLATE.md

@@ -1,23 +1,23 @@
-<!--
+## Description
 
-Thank you for the PR! Please go through the checklist below and make sure you've completed all the steps.
+<!-- Please include a summary of the pull request and any related issues it fixes. Please also include relevant motivation and context. -->
 
-Please review the [CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md) document in this repository if you haven't already.
+- [ ] I have read and understand the [CONTRIBUTING.md](../CONTRIBUTING.md) document in this repository.
 
-The following items will ensure that your PR is handled as smoothly as possible:
+## Type of change
 
-- PR Title must follow conventional commits format. For example, `feat: my new feature`, `fix(plugin-seo): my fix`.
-- Minimal description explained as if explained to someone not immediately familiar with the code.
-- Provide before/after screenshots or code diffs if applicable.
-- Link any related issues/discussions from GitHub or Discord.
-- Add review comments if necessary to explain to the reviewer the logic behind a change
+<!-- Please delete options that are not relevant. -->
 
-### What?
+- [ ] Chore (non-breaking change which does not add functionality)
+- [ ] Bug fix (non-breaking change which fixes an issue)
+- [ ] New feature (non-breaking change which adds functionality)
+- [ ] Breaking change (fix or feature that would cause existing functionality to not work as expected)
+- [ ] Change to the [templates](../templates/) directory (does not affect core functionality)
+- [ ] Change to the [examples](../examples/) directory (does not affect core functionality)
+- [ ] This change requires a documentation update
 
-### Why?
+## Checklist:
 
-### How?
-
-Fixes #
-
--->
+- [ ] I have added tests that prove my fix is effective or that my feature works
+- [ ] Existing test suite passes locally with my changes
+- [ ] I have made corresponding changes to the documentation

.github/actions/release-commenter/.eslintrc.js

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-module.exports = {
-  env: {
-    es6: true,
-    node: true,
-  },
-  extends: ['eslint:recommended', 'plugin:@typescript-eslint/eslint-recommended'],
-  parser: '@typescript-eslint/parser',
-  parserOptions: {
-    ecmaVersion: 2018,
-    sourceType: 'module',
-  },
-  plugins: ['@typescript-eslint'],
-}

.github/actions/release-commenter/README.md

@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-# Release Commenter
-
-This GitHub Action automatically comments on and/or labels Issues and PRs when a fix is released for them.
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> 🔧 Heavily modified version of https://github.com/apexskier/github-release-commenter
-
-## Fork Modifications
-
-- Filters to closed PRs only
-- Adds tag filter to support non-linear releases
-- Better logging
-- Moved to pnpm
-- Uses @vercel/ncc for packaging
-- Comments on locked issues by unlocking then re-locking
-
-## How it works
-
-Use this action in a workflow [triggered by a release](https://docs.github.com/en/free-pro-team@latest/actions/reference/events-that-trigger-workflows#release). It will scan commits between that and the prior release, find associated Issues and PRs, and comment on them to let people know a release has been made. Associated Issues and PRs can be directly [linked](https://docs.github.com/en/free-pro-team@latest/github/managing-your-work-on-github/linking-a-pull-request-to-an-issue) to the commit or manually linked from a PR associated with the commit.
-
-## Inputs
-
-**GITHUB_TOKEN**
-
-A GitHub personal access token with repo scope, such as [`secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN`](https://docs.github.com/en/free-pro-team@latest/actions/reference/authentication-in-a-workflow#about-the-github_token-secret).
-
-**comment-template** (optional)
-
-Override the comment posted on Issues and PRs. Set to the empty string to disable commenting. Several variables strings will be automatically replaced:
-
-- `{release_link}` - a markdown link to the release
-- `{release_name}` - the release's name
-- `{release_tag}` - the release's tag
-
-**label-template** (optional)
-
-Add the given label. Multiple labels can be separated by commas. Several variable strings will be automatically replaced:
-
-- `{release_name}` - the release's name
-- `{release_tag}` - the release's tag
-
-**skip-label** (optional)
-
-Skip processing if any of the given labels are present. Same processing rules as **label-template**. Default is "dependencies".
-
-## Example
-
-```yml
-on:
-  release:
-    types: [published]
-
-jobs:
-  release:
-    steps:
-      - uses: apexskier/github-release-commenter@v1
-        with:
-          GITHUB_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
-          comment-template: |
-            Release {release_link} addresses this.
-```
-
-## Known limitations
-
-These are some known limitations of this action. I'd like to try to address them in the future.
-
-- Non-linear releases aren't supported. For example, releasing a patch to a prior major release after a new major release has been bumped.
-- Non-sequential releases aren't supported. For example, if you release multiple prereleases between two official releases, this will only create a comment for the first prerelease in which a fix is released, not the final release.
-- The first release for a project will be ignored. This is intentional, as the use case is unlikely. Most projects will either have several alphas that don't need release comments, or won't use issues/PRs for the first commit.
-- If a large number of things are commented on, you may see the error `Error: You have triggered an abuse detection mechanism. Please wait a few minutes before you try again.`. Consider using the `skip-label` input to reduce your load on the GitHub API.
-
-## Versions
-
-Workflows will automatically update the tags `v1` and `latest`, allowing you to reference one of those instead of locking to a specific release.

.github/actions/release-commenter/action.yml

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-name: Release Commenter
-description: Comment on PRs and Issues when a fix is released
-branding:
-  icon: message-square
-  color: blue
-inputs:
-  GITHUB_TOKEN:
-    description: |
-      A GitHub personal access token with repo scope, such as
-      secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN.
-    required: true
-  comment-template:
-    description: |
-      Text template for the comment string.
-    required: false
-    default: |
-      Included in release {release_link}
-  label-template:
-    description: Add the given label. Multiple labels can be separated by commas.
-    required: false
-  skip-label:
-    description: Skip commenting if any of the given label are present. Multiple labels can be separated by commas.
-    required: false
-    default: 'dependencies'
-  tag-filter:
-    description: |
-      Filter tags by a regular expression. Must be escaped. e.g. 'v\\d' to isolate tags between major versions.
-    required: false
-    default: null
-runs:
-  using: node20
-  main: dist/index.js

.github/actions/release-commenter/jest.config.js

@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-module.exports = {
-  testEnvironment: 'node',
-  testPathIgnorePatterns: ['/node_modules/', '<rootDir>/dist/'],
-  transform: {
-    '^.+\\.(t|j)sx?$': ['@swc/jest'],
-  },
-}

.github/actions/release-commenter/package.json

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-{
-  "name": "release-commenter",
-  "version": "0.0.0",
-  "private": true,
-  "description": "GitHub Action to automatically comment on PRs and Issues when a fix is released.",
-  "license": "MIT",
-  "main": "dist/index.js",
-  "scripts": {
-    "build": "pnpm build:typecheck && pnpm build:ncc",
-    "build:ncc": "ncc build src/index.ts -t -o dist",
-    "build:typecheck": "tsc",
-    "clean": "rimraf dist",
-    "test": "jest"
-  },
-  "dependencies": {
-    "@actions/core": "^1.3.0",
-    "@actions/github": "^5.0.0"
-  },
-  "devDependencies": {
-    "@octokit/webhooks-types": "^7.5.1",
-    "@swc/jest": "^0.2.37",
-    "@types/jest": "^27.5.2",
-    "@types/node": "^20.16.5",
-    "@typescript-eslint/eslint-plugin": "^4.33.0",
-    "@typescript-eslint/parser": "^4.33.0",
-    "@vercel/ncc": "0.38.1",
-    "concurrently": "^8.2.2",
-    "eslint": "^7.32.0",
-    "jest": "^29.7.0",
-    "prettier": "^3.3.3",
-    "ts-jest": "^26.5.6",
-    "typescript": "^4.9.5"
-  }
-}

.github/actions/release-commenter/src/__snapshots__/index.test.ts.snap

@@ -1,266 +0,0 @@
-// Jest Snapshot v1, https://goo.gl/fbAQLP
-
-exports[`tests feature tests can apply labels 1`] = `
-[
-  [
-    {
-      "issue_number": 123,
-      "labels": [
-        ":dart: landed",
-        "release-current_tag_name",
-        "Release Name",
-      ],
-    },
-  ],
-  [
-    {
-      "issue_number": 7,
-      "labels": [
-        ":dart: landed",
-        "release-current_tag_name",
-        "Release Name",
-      ],
-    },
-  ],
-]
-`;
-
-exports[`tests main test 1`] = `
-{
-  "graphql": [MockFunction] {
-    "calls": [
-      [
-        "
-            {
-              resource(url: "http://repository/commit/SHA1") {
-                ... on Commit {
-                  messageHeadlineHTML
-                  messageBodyHTML
-                  associatedPullRequests(first: 10) {
-                    pageInfo {
-                      hasNextPage
-                    }
-                    edges {
-                      node {
-                        bodyHTML
-                        number
-                        state
-                        labels(first: 10) {
-                          pageInfo {
-                            hasNextPage
-                          }
-                          nodes {
-                            name
-                          }
-                        }
-                        timelineItems(itemTypes: [CONNECTED_EVENT, DISCONNECTED_EVENT], first: 100) {
-                          pageInfo {
-                            hasNextPage
-                          }
-                          nodes {
-                            ... on ConnectedEvent {
-                              __typename
-                              isCrossRepository
-                              subject {
-                                ... on Issue {
-                                  number
-                                }
-                              }
-                            }
-                            ... on DisconnectedEvent {
-                              __typename
-                              isCrossRepository
-                              subject {
-                                ... on Issue {
-                                  number
-                                }
-                              }
-                            }
-                          }
-                        }
-                      }
-                    }
-                  }
-                }
-              }
-            }
-          ",
-      ],
-      [
-        "
-            {
-              resource(url: "http://repository/commit/SHA2") {
-                ... on Commit {
-                  messageHeadlineHTML
-                  messageBodyHTML
-                  associatedPullRequests(first: 10) {
-                    pageInfo {
-                      hasNextPage
-                    }
-                    edges {
-                      node {
-                        bodyHTML
-                        number
-                        state
-                        labels(first: 10) {
-                          pageInfo {
-                            hasNextPage
-                          }
-                          nodes {
-                            name
-                          }
-                        }
-                        timelineItems(itemTypes: [CONNECTED_EVENT, DISCONNECTED_EVENT], first: 100) {
-                          pageInfo {
-                            hasNextPage
-                          }
-                          nodes {
-                            ... on ConnectedEvent {
-                              __typename
-                              isCrossRepository
-                              subject {
-                                ... on Issue {
-                                  number
-                                }
-                              }
-                            }
-                            ... on DisconnectedEvent {
-                              __typename
-                              isCrossRepository
-                              subject {
-                                ... on Issue {
-                                  number
-                                }
-                              }
-                            }
-                          }
-                        }
-                      }
-                    }
-                  }
-                }
-              }
-            }
-          ",
-      ],
-    ],
-    "results": [
-      {
-        "type": "return",
-        "value": Promise {},
-      },
-      {
-        "type": "return",
-        "value": Promise {},
-      },
-    ],
-  },
-  "rest": {
-    "issues": {
-      "addLabels": [MockFunction],
-      "createComment": [MockFunction] {
-        "calls": [
-          [
-            {
-              "body": "Included in release [current_tag_name](http://current_release). Replacements: current_tag_name, current_tag_name.",
-              "issue_number": 3,
-            },
-          ],
-          [
-            {
-              "body": "Included in release [current_tag_name](http://current_release). Replacements: current_tag_name, current_tag_name.",
-              "issue_number": 123,
-            },
-          ],
-          [
-            {
-              "body": "Included in release [current_tag_name](http://current_release). Replacements: current_tag_name, current_tag_name.",
-              "issue_number": 7,
-            },
-          ],
-        ],
-        "results": [
-          {
-            "type": "return",
-            "value": Promise {},
-          },
-          {
-            "type": "return",
-            "value": Promise {},
-          },
-          {
-            "type": "return",
-            "value": Promise {},
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      "get": [MockFunction] {
-        "calls": [
-          [
-            {
-              "issue_number": 3,
-            },
-          ],
-          [
-            {
-              "issue_number": 123,
-            },
-          ],
-          [
-            {
-              "issue_number": 7,
-            },
-          ],
-        ],
-        "results": [
-          {
-            "type": "return",
-            "value": Promise {},
-          },
-          {
-            "type": "return",
-            "value": Promise {},
-          },
-          {
-            "type": "return",
-            "value": Promise {},
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-    },
-    "repos": {
-      "compareCommits": [MockFunction] {
-        "calls": [
-          [
-            {
-              "base": "prior_tag_name",
-              "head": "current_tag_name",
-            },
-          ],
-        ],
-        "results": [
-          {
-            "type": "return",
-            "value": Promise {},
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-      "listReleases": [MockFunction] {
-        "calls": [
-          [
-            {
-              "per_page": 100,
-            },
-          ],
-        ],
-        "results": [
-          {
-            "type": "return",
-            "value": Promise {},
-          },
-        ],
-      },
-    },
-  },
-}
-`;

.github/actions/release-commenter/src/index.test.ts

@@ -1,399 +0,0 @@
-import type * as githubModule from '@actions/github'
-import type * as coreModule from '@actions/core'
-import { mock } from 'node:test'
-
-jest.mock('@actions/core')
-jest.mock('@actions/github')
-
-type Mocked<T> = {
-  -readonly [P in keyof T]: T[P] extends Function ? jest.Mock<T[P]> : jest.Mocked<Partial<T[P]>>
-}
-
-const github = require('@actions/github') as jest.Mocked<Mocked<typeof githubModule>>
-const core = require('@actions/core') as jest.Mocked<Mocked<typeof coreModule>>
-
-describe('tests', () => {
-  let mockOctokit: any = {}
-  let currentTag: string = 'current_tag_name'
-
-  ;(core.warning as any) = jest.fn(console.warn.bind(console))
-  ;(core.error as any) = jest.fn(console.error.bind(console))
-
-  let commentTempate: string = ''
-  let labelTemplate: string | null = null
-  const skipLabelTemplate: string | null = 'skip,test'
-  let tagFilter: string | RegExp | null = null
-
-  let simpleMockOctokit: any = {}
-
-  beforeEach(() => {
-    tagFilter = null
-    currentTag = 'current_tag_name'
-    ;(github.context as any) = {
-      payload: {
-        repo: {
-          owner: 'owner',
-          repo: 'repo',
-        },
-        release: {
-          tag_name: currentTag,
-        },
-        repository: { html_url: 'http://repository' },
-      },
-    }
-
-    github.getOctokit.mockReset().mockImplementationOnce(((token: string) => {
-      expect(token).toBe('GITHUB_TOKEN_VALUE')
-      return mockOctokit
-    }) as any)
-    ;(core.getInput as any).mockImplementation((key: string) => {
-      if (key == 'GITHUB_TOKEN') {
-        return 'GITHUB_TOKEN_VALUE'
-      }
-      if (key == 'comment-template') {
-        return commentTempate
-      }
-      if (key == 'label-template') {
-        return labelTemplate
-      }
-      if (key == 'skip-label') {
-        return skipLabelTemplate
-      }
-      if (key == 'tag-filter') {
-        return tagFilter
-      }
-      fail(`Unexpected input key ${key}`)
-    })
-
-    commentTempate =
-      'Included in release {release_link}. Replacements: {release_name}, {release_tag}.'
-    labelTemplate = null
-    simpleMockOctokit = {
-      rest: {
-        issues: {
-          get: jest.fn(() => Promise.resolve({ data: { locked: false } })),
-          createComment: jest.fn(() => Promise.resolve()),
-          addLabels: jest.fn(() => Promise.resolve()),
-        },
-        repos: {
-          listReleases: jest.fn(() =>
-            Promise.resolve({
-              data: [
-                {
-                  name: 'Release Name',
-                  tag_name: 'current_tag_name',
-                  html_url: 'http://current_release',
-                },
-                {
-                  tag_name: 'prior_tag_name',
-                  html_url: 'http://prior_release',
-                },
-              ],
-            }),
-          ),
-          compareCommits: jest.fn(() =>
-            Promise.resolve({
-              data: { commits: [{ sha: 'SHA1' }] },
-            }),
-          ),
-        },
-      },
-      graphql: jest.fn(() =>
-        Promise.resolve({
-          resource: {
-            messageHeadlineHTML: '',
-            messageBodyHTML:
-              '<span class="issue-keyword tooltipped tooltipped-se" aria-label="This commit closes issue #123.">Closes</span> <p><span class="issue-keyword tooltipped tooltipped-se" aria-label="This pull request closes issue #7.">Closes</span>',
-            associatedPullRequests: {
-              pageInfo: { hasNextPage: false },
-              edges: [],
-            },
-          },
-        }),
-      ),
-    }
-  })
-
-  afterEach(() => {
-    expect(core.error).not.toHaveBeenCalled()
-    expect(core.warning).not.toHaveBeenCalled()
-    expect(core.setFailed).not.toHaveBeenCalled()
-  })
-
-  test('main test', async () => {
-    mockOctokit = {
-      ...simpleMockOctokit,
-      rest: {
-        issues: {
-          get: jest.fn(() => Promise.resolve({ data: { locked: false } })),
-          createComment: jest.fn(() => Promise.resolve()),
-          addLabels: jest.fn(() => Promise.resolve()),
-        },
-        repos: {
-          listReleases: jest.fn(() =>
-            Promise.resolve({
-              data: [
-                {
-                  tag_name: 'current_tag_name',
-                  html_url: 'http://current_release',
-                },
-                {
-                  tag_name: 'prior_tag_name',
-                  html_url: 'http://prior_release',
-                },
-              ],
-            }),
-          ),
-          compareCommits: jest.fn(() =>
-            Promise.resolve({
-              data: { commits: [{ sha: 'SHA1' }, { sha: 'SHA2' }] },
-            }),
-          ),
-        },
-      },
-      graphql: jest.fn(() =>
-        Promise.resolve({
-          resource: {
-            messageHeadlineHTML:
-              '<span class="issue-keyword tooltipped tooltipped-se" aria-label="This commit closes issue #3.">Closes</span> <a class="issue-link js-issue-link" data-error-text="Failed to load title" data-id="718013420" data-permission-text="Title is private" data-url="https://github.com/apexskier/github-release-commenter/issues/1" data-hovercard-type="issue" data-hovercard-url="/apexskier/github-release-commenter/issues/1/hovercard" href="https://github.com/apexskier/github-release-commenter/issues/1">#1</a>',
-            messageBodyHTML:
-              '<span class="issue-keyword tooltipped tooltipped-se" aria-label="This commit closes issue #123.">Closes</span> <p><span class="issue-keyword tooltipped tooltipped-se" aria-label="This pull request closes issue #7.">Closes</span>',
-            associatedPullRequests: {
-              pageInfo: { hasNextPage: false },
-              edges: [
-                {
-                  node: {
-                    bodyHTML:
-                      '<span class="issue-keyword tooltipped tooltipped-se" aria-label="This commit closes issue #4.">Closes</span> <span class="issue-keyword tooltipped tooltipped-se" aria-label="This commit closes issue #5.">Closes</span>',
-                    number: 9,
-                    labels: {
-                      pageInfo: { hasNextPage: false },
-                      nodes: [{ name: 'label1' }, { name: 'label2' }],
-                    },
-                    timelineItems: {
-                      pageInfo: { hasNextPage: false },
-                      nodes: [
-                        {
-                          isCrossRepository: true,
-                          __typename: 'ConnectedEvent',
-                          subject: { number: 1 },
-                        },
-                        {
-                          isCrossRepository: false,
-                          __typename: 'ConnectedEvent',
-                          subject: { number: 2 },
-                        },
-                        {
-                          isCrossRepository: false,
-                          __typename: 'DisconnectedEvent',
-                          subject: { number: 2 },
-                        },
-                        {
-                          isCrossRepository: false,
-                          __typename: 'ConnectedEvent',
-                          subject: { number: 2 },
-                        },
-                      ],
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-                {
-                  node: {
-                    bodyHTML: '',
-                    number: 42,
-                    labels: {
-                      pageInfo: { hasNextPage: false },
-                      nodes: [{ name: 'label1' }, { name: 'skip' }],
-                    },
-                    timelineItems: {
-                      pageInfo: { hasNextPage: false },
-                      nodes: [
-                        {
-                          isCrossRepository: true,
-                          __typename: 'ConnectedEvent',
-                          subject: { number: 82 },
-                        },
-                      ],
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-          },
-        }),
-      ),
-    }
-
-    jest.isolateModules(() => {
-      require('./index')
-    })
-
-    await new Promise<void>(setImmediate)
-
-    expect(mockOctokit).toMatchSnapshot()
-    expect(mockOctokit.rest.issues.createComment).toHaveBeenCalledTimes(3)
-  })
-
-  describe('can filter tags', () => {
-    const v3prev = 'v3.0.1'
-    const v3current = 'v3.0.2'
-    const v2prev = 'v2.0.1'
-    const v2current = 'v2.0.2'
-
-    const listReleasesData = [
-      {
-        name: 'Current Release Name',
-        tag_name: v3current,
-        html_url: 'http://v3.0.2',
-      },
-      {
-        name: 'Prev Release Name',
-        tag_name: v3prev,
-        html_url: 'http://v3.0.1',
-      },
-      {
-        name: 'v2 Current Release Name',
-        tag_name: v2current,
-        html_url: 'http://v2.0.2',
-      },
-      {
-        name: 'v2 Prev Release Name',
-        tag_name: v2prev,
-        html_url: 'http://v2.0.1',
-      },
-    ]
-
-    it.each`
-      description    | prevTag   | currentTag   | filter
-      ${'no filter'} | ${v3prev} | ${v3current} | ${null}
-      ${'v3'}        | ${v3prev} | ${v3current} | ${'v\\d'}
-      ${'v2'}        | ${v2prev} | ${v2current} | ${'v\\d'}
-    `('should filter tags with $description', async ({ prevTag, currentTag, filter }) => {
-      // @ts-ignore
-      github.context.payload.release.tag_name = currentTag
-
-      tagFilter = filter
-
-      mockOctokit = {
-        ...simpleMockOctokit,
-        rest: {
-          issues: {
-            get: jest.fn(() => Promise.resolve({ data: { locked: false } })),
-            createComment: jest.fn(() => Promise.resolve()),
-            addLabels: jest.fn(() => Promise.resolve()),
-          },
-          repos: {
-            listReleases: jest.fn(() =>
-              Promise.resolve({
-                data: listReleasesData,
-              }),
-            ),
-            compareCommits: jest.fn(() =>
-              Promise.resolve({
-                data: { commits: [{ sha: 'SHA1' }] },
-              }),
-            ),
-          },
-        },
-        graphql: jest.fn(() =>
-          Promise.resolve({
-            resource: {
-              messageHeadlineHTML: '',
-              messageBodyHTML:
-                '<span class="issue-keyword tooltipped tooltipped-se" aria-label="This commit closes issue #123.">Closes</span> <p><span class="issue-keyword tooltipped tooltipped-se" aria-label="This pull request closes issue #7.">Closes</span>',
-              associatedPullRequests: {
-                pageInfo: { hasNextPage: false },
-                edges: [],
-              },
-            },
-          }),
-        ),
-      }
-
-      jest.isolateModules(() => {
-        require('./index')
-      })
-
-      await new Promise<void>((resolve) => setImmediate(() => resolve()))
-
-      expect(github.getOctokit).toHaveBeenCalled()
-      expect(mockOctokit.rest.repos.compareCommits.mock.calls).toEqual([
-        [{ base: prevTag, head: currentTag }],
-      ])
-    })
-  })
-
-  describe('feature tests', () => {
-    beforeEach(() => {
-      mockOctokit = simpleMockOctokit
-    })
-
-    it('can disable comments', async () => {
-      commentTempate = ''
-
-      jest.isolateModules(() => {
-        require('./index')
-      })
-
-      await new Promise<void>((resolve) => setImmediate(() => resolve()))
-
-      expect(github.getOctokit).toHaveBeenCalled()
-      expect(mockOctokit.rest.issues.createComment).not.toHaveBeenCalled()
-    })
-
-    it('should unlock and comment', async () => {
-      mockOctokit = {
-        ...simpleMockOctokit,
-        rest: {
-          ...simpleMockOctokit.rest,
-          issues: {
-            // Return locked for both issues to be commented on
-            get: jest.fn(() => Promise.resolve({ data: { locked: true } })),
-            lock: jest.fn(() => Promise.resolve()),
-            unlock: jest.fn(() => Promise.resolve()),
-            createComment: jest.fn(() => Promise.resolve()),
-          },
-        },
-        graphql: jest.fn(() =>
-          Promise.resolve({
-            resource: {
-              messageHeadlineHTML: '',
-              messageBodyHTML:
-                '<span class="issue-keyword tooltipped tooltipped-se" aria-label="This commit closes issue #123.">Closes</span> <p><span class="issue-keyword tooltipped tooltipped-se" aria-label="This pull request closes issue #7.">Closes</span>',
-              associatedPullRequests: {
-                pageInfo: { hasNextPage: false },
-                edges: [],
-              },
-            },
-          }),
-        ),
-      }
-
-      jest.isolateModules(() => {
-        require('./index')
-      })
-
-      await new Promise<void>((resolve) => setImmediate(() => resolve()))
-
-      expect(github.getOctokit).toHaveBeenCalled()
-
-      // Should call once for both linked issues
-      expect(mockOctokit.rest.issues.unlock).toHaveBeenCalledTimes(2)
-      expect(mockOctokit.rest.issues.createComment).toHaveBeenCalledTimes(2)
-      expect(mockOctokit.rest.issues.lock).toHaveBeenCalledTimes(2)
-    })
-
-    it.skip('can apply labels', async () => {
-      labelTemplate = ':dart: landed,release-{release_tag},{release_name}'
-
-      jest.isolateModules(() => {
-        require('./index')
-      })
-
-      await new Promise<void>((resolve) => setImmediate(() => resolve()))
-
-      expect(github.getOctokit).toHaveBeenCalled()
-      expect(mockOctokit.rest.issues.addLabels.mock.calls).toMatchSnapshot()
-    })
-  })
-})

.github/actions/release-commenter/src/index.ts

@@ -1,349 +0,0 @@
-import * as core from '@actions/core'
-import * as github from '@actions/github'
-import type * as Webhooks from '@octokit/webhooks-types'
-
-const closesMatcher = /aria-label="This (?:commit|pull request) closes issue #(\d+)\."/g
-
-const releaseLinkTemplateRegex = /{release_link}/g
-const releaseNameTemplateRegex = /{release_name}/g
-const releaseTagTemplateRegex = /{release_tag}/g
-
-;(async function main() {
-  try {
-    const payload = github.context.payload as Webhooks.EventPayloadMap['release']
-
-    const githubToken = core.getInput('GITHUB_TOKEN')
-    const tagFilter = core.getInput('tag-filter') || undefined // Accept tag filter as an input
-    const octokit = github.getOctokit(githubToken)
-
-    const commentTemplate = core.getInput('comment-template')
-    const labelTemplate = core.getInput('label-template') || null
-    const skipLabelTemplate = core.getInput('skip-label') || null
-
-    // Fetch the releases with the optional tag filter applied
-    const { data: rawReleases } = await octokit.rest.repos.listReleases({
-      ...github.context.repo,
-      per_page: 100,
-    })
-
-    // Get the current release tag or latest tag
-    const currentTag = payload?.release?.tag_name || rawReleases?.[0]?.tag_name
-
-    let releases = rawReleases
-
-    // Filter releases by the tag filter if provided
-    if (tagFilter) {
-      core.info(`Filtering releases by tag filter: ${tagFilter}`)
-      // Get the matching part of the current release tag
-      const regexMatch = currentTag.match(tagFilter)?.[0]
-      if (!regexMatch) {
-        core.error(`Current release tag ${currentTag} does not match the tag filter ${tagFilter}`)
-        return
-      }
-
-      core.info(`Matched string from filter: ${regexMatch}`)
-
-      releases = releases
-        .filter((release) => {
-          const match = release.tag_name.match(regexMatch)?.[0]
-          return match
-        })
-        .slice(0, 2)
-    }
-
-    core.info(`Releases: ${JSON.stringify(releases, null, 2)}`)
-
-    if (releases.length < 2) {
-      if (!releases.length) {
-        core.error(`No releases found with the provided tag filter: '${tagFilter}'`)
-        return
-      }
-
-      core.info('first release')
-      return
-    }
-
-    const [currentRelease, priorRelease] = releases
-
-    core.info(`${priorRelease.tag_name}...${currentRelease.tag_name}`)
-
-    const {
-      data: { commits },
-    } = await octokit.rest.repos.compareCommits({
-      ...github.context.repo,
-      base: priorRelease.tag_name,
-      head: currentRelease.tag_name,
-    })
-
-    if (!currentRelease.name) {
-      core.info('Current release has no name, will fall back to the tag name.')
-    }
-    const releaseLabel = currentRelease.name || currentRelease.tag_name
-
-    const comment = commentTemplate
-      .trim()
-      .split(releaseLinkTemplateRegex)
-      .join(`[${releaseLabel}](${currentRelease.html_url})`)
-      .split(releaseNameTemplateRegex)
-      .join(releaseLabel)
-      .split(releaseTagTemplateRegex)
-      .join(currentRelease.tag_name)
-
-    const parseLabels = (rawInput: string | null) =>
-      rawInput
-        ?.split(releaseNameTemplateRegex)
-        .join(releaseLabel)
-        ?.split(releaseTagTemplateRegex)
-        .join(currentRelease.tag_name)
-        ?.split(',')
-        ?.map((l) => l.trim())
-        .filter((l) => l)
-
-    const labels = parseLabels(labelTemplate)
-    const skipLabels = parseLabels(skipLabelTemplate)
-
-    const linkedIssuesPrs = new Set<number>()
-
-    await Promise.all(
-      commits.map((commit) =>
-        (async () => {
-          const query = `
-            {
-              resource(url: "${payload.repository.html_url}/commit/${commit.sha}") {
-                ... on Commit {
-                  messageHeadlineHTML
-                  messageBodyHTML
-                  associatedPullRequests(first: 10) {
-                    pageInfo {
-                      hasNextPage
-                    }
-                    edges {
-                      node {
-                        bodyHTML
-                        number
-                        state
-                        labels(first: 10) {
-                          pageInfo {
-                            hasNextPage
-                          }
-                          nodes {
-                            name
-                          }
-                        }
-                        timelineItems(itemTypes: [CONNECTED_EVENT, DISCONNECTED_EVENT], first: 100) {
-                          pageInfo {
-                            hasNextPage
-                          }
-                          nodes {
-                            ... on ConnectedEvent {
-                              __typename
-                              isCrossRepository
-                              subject {
-                                ... on Issue {
-                                  number
-                                }
-                              }
-                            }
-                            ... on DisconnectedEvent {
-                              __typename
-                              isCrossRepository
-                              subject {
-                                ... on Issue {
-                                  number
-                                }
-                              }
-                            }
-                          }
-                        }
-                      }
-                    }
-                  }
-                }
-              }
-            }
-          `
-          const response: {
-            resource: null | {
-              messageHeadlineHTML: string
-              messageBodyHTML: string
-              associatedPullRequests: {
-                pageInfo: { hasNextPage: boolean }
-                edges: ReadonlyArray<{
-                  node: {
-                    bodyHTML: string
-                    number: number
-                    state: 'OPEN' | 'CLOSED' | 'MERGED'
-                    labels: {
-                      pageInfo: { hasNextPage: boolean }
-                      nodes: ReadonlyArray<{
-                        name: string
-                      }>
-                    }
-                    timelineItems: {
-                      pageInfo: { hasNextPage: boolean }
-                      nodes: ReadonlyArray<{
-                        __typename: 'ConnectedEvent' | 'DisconnectedEvent'
-                        isCrossRepository: boolean
-                        subject: {
-                          number: number
-                        }
-                      }>
-                    }
-                  }
-                }>
-              }
-            }
-          } = await octokit.graphql(query)
-
-          if (!response.resource) {
-            return
-          }
-
-          // core.info(JSON.stringify(response.resource, null, 2))
-
-          core.info(`Checking commit: ${payload.repository.html_url}/commit/${commit.sha}`)
-
-          const associatedClosedPREdges = response.resource.associatedPullRequests.edges.filter(
-            (e) => e.node.state === 'MERGED',
-          )
-
-          if (associatedClosedPREdges.length) {
-            core.info(
-              `  Associated Merged PRs:\n    ${associatedClosedPREdges.map((pr) => `${payload.repository.html_url}/pull/${pr.node.number}`).join('\n    ')}`,
-            )
-          } else {
-            core.info('  No associated merged PRs')
-          }
-
-          const html = [
-            response.resource.messageHeadlineHTML,
-            response.resource.messageBodyHTML,
-            ...associatedClosedPREdges.map((pr) => pr.node.bodyHTML),
-          ].join(' ')
-
-          for (const match of html.matchAll(closesMatcher)) {
-            const [, num] = match
-            linkedIssuesPrs.add(parseInt(num, 10))
-            core.info(
-              `  Linked issue/PR from closesMatcher: ${payload.repository.html_url}/pull/${num}`,
-            )
-          }
-
-          if (response.resource.associatedPullRequests.pageInfo.hasNextPage) {
-            core.warning(`Too many PRs associated with ${commit.sha}`)
-          }
-
-          const seen = new Set<number>()
-          for (const associatedPR of associatedClosedPREdges) {
-            if (associatedPR.node.timelineItems.pageInfo.hasNextPage) {
-              core.warning(`Too many links for #${associatedPR.node.number}`)
-            }
-            if (associatedPR.node.labels.pageInfo.hasNextPage) {
-              core.warning(`Too many labels for #${associatedPR.node.number}`)
-            }
-            // a skip labels is present on this PR
-            if (
-              skipLabels?.some((l) => associatedPR.node.labels.nodes.some(({ name }) => name === l))
-            ) {
-              continue
-            }
-
-            linkedIssuesPrs.add(associatedPR.node.number)
-            core.info(
-              `  Linked issue/PR from associated PR: ${payload.repository.html_url}/pull/${associatedPR.node.number}`,
-            )
-
-            // These are sorted by creation date in ascending order. The latest event for a given issue/PR is all we need
-            // ignore links that aren't part of this repo
-            const links = associatedPR.node.timelineItems.nodes
-              .filter((node) => !node.isCrossRepository)
-              .reverse()
-            for (const link of links) {
-              if (seen.has(link.subject.number)) {
-                continue
-              }
-              if (link.__typename == 'ConnectedEvent') {
-                linkedIssuesPrs.add(link.subject.number)
-                core.info(
-                  `Linked issue/PR from connected event: ${payload.repository.html_url}/pull/${link.subject.number}`,
-                )
-              }
-              seen.add(link.subject.number)
-            }
-          }
-        })(),
-      ),
-    )
-
-    core.info(
-      `Final issues/PRs to be commented on: \n${Array.from(linkedIssuesPrs)
-        .map((num) => `  ${payload.repository.html_url}/pull/${num}`)
-        .join('\n')}`,
-    )
-
-    const requests: Array<Promise<unknown>> = []
-    for (const issueNumber of linkedIssuesPrs) {
-      const baseRequest = {
-        ...github.context.repo,
-        issue_number: issueNumber,
-      }
-      if (comment) {
-        const commentRequest = {
-          ...baseRequest,
-          body: comment,
-        }
-
-        // Check if issue is locked or not
-        const { data: issue } = await octokit.rest.issues.get(baseRequest)
-
-        let createCommentPromise: () => Promise<void>
-        if (!issue.locked) {
-          createCommentPromise = async () => {
-            try {
-              await octokit.rest.issues.createComment(commentRequest)
-            } catch (error) {
-              core.error(error as Error)
-              core.error(
-                `Failed to comment on issue/PR: ${issueNumber}. ${payload.repository.html_url}/pull/${issueNumber}`,
-              )
-            }
-          }
-        } else {
-          core.info(
-            `Issue/PR is locked: ${issueNumber}. Unlocking, commenting, and re-locking. ${payload.repository.html_url}/pull/${issueNumber}`,
-          )
-          createCommentPromise = async () => {
-            try {
-              core.debug(`Unlocking issue/PR: ${issueNumber}`)
-              await octokit.rest.issues.unlock(baseRequest)
-              core.debug(`Commenting on issue/PR: ${issueNumber}`)
-              await octokit.rest.issues.createComment(commentRequest)
-              core.debug(`Re-locking issue/PR: ${issueNumber}`)
-              await octokit.rest.issues.lock(baseRequest)
-            } catch (error) {
-              core.error(error as Error)
-              core.error(
-                `Failed to unlock, comment, and re-lock issue/PR: ${issueNumber}. ${payload.repository.html_url}/pull/${issueNumber}`,
-              )
-            }
-          }
-        }
-
-        requests.push(createCommentPromise())
-      }
-      if (labels) {
-        const request = {
-          ...baseRequest,
-          labels,
-        }
-        // core.info(JSON.stringify(request, null, 2))
-        requests.push(octokit.rest.issues.addLabels(request))
-      }
-    }
-
-    await Promise.all(requests)
-  } catch (error) {
-    core.error(error as Error)
-    core.setFailed((error as Error).message)
-  }
-})()

.github/actions/release-commenter/tsconfig.json

@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-{
-  "compilerOptions": {
-    "target": "ES2022",
-    "lib": ["es2020.string"],
-    "noEmit": true,
-    "strict": true,
-    "noUnusedLocals": true,
-    "noImplicitReturns": true,
-    "noFallthroughCasesInSwitch": true,
-    "forceConsistentCasingInFileNames": true,
-    "downlevelIteration": true,
-    "skipLibCheck": true,
-  },
-  "exclude": ["src/**/*.test.ts"]
-}

.github/actions/setup/action.yml

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-name: Setup node and pnpm
-description: Configure the Node.js and pnpm versions
-
-inputs:
-  node-version:
-    description: 'The Node.js version to use'
-    required: true
-    default: 22.6.2
-  pnpm-version:
-    description: 'The pnpm version to use'
-    required: true
-    default: 9.7.1
-
-runs:
-  using: composite
-  steps:
-    # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
-    - name: tune linux network
-      shell: bash
-      run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
-
-    - name: Setup Node@${{ inputs.node-version }}
-      uses: actions/setup-node@v4
-      with:
-        node-version: ${{ inputs.node-version }}
-
-    - name: Install pnpm
-      uses: pnpm/action-setup@v4
-      with:
-        version: ${{ inputs.pnpm-version }}
-        run_install: false
-
-    - name: Get pnpm store directory
-      shell: bash
-      run: |
-        echo "STORE_PATH=$(pnpm store path --silent)" >> $GITHUB_ENV
-
-    - name: Setup pnpm cache
-      uses: actions/cache@v4
-      with:
-        path: ${{ env.STORE_PATH }}
-        key: pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
-        restore-keys: |
-          pnpm-store-
-          pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
-
-    - shell: bash
-      run: pnpm install

.github/actions/triage/LICENSE

@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-MIT License
-
-Copyright (c) 2024 Payload <info@payloadcms.com>. All modification and additions are copyright of Payload.
-
----
-
-Original license:
-ISC License
-
-Copyright (c) 2023, Balázs Orbán
-
-Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
-purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
-copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
-WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
-MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
-ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
-WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
-ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
-OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.

.github/actions/triage/README.md

@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-# Triage
-
-Modified version of https://github.com/balazsorban44/nissuer
-
-## Modifications
-
-- Port to TypeScript
-- Remove issue locking
-- Remove reproduction blocklist
-- Uses `@vercel/ncc` for packaging
-
-## Development
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> Whenever a modification is made to the action, the action built to `dist` must be committed to the repository.
-
-This is done by running:
-
-```sh
-pnpm build
-```

.github/actions/triage/action.yml

@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-name: Triage
-description: Initial triage for issues
-
-inputs:
-  reproduction-comment:
-    description: 'Either a string or a path to a .md file inside the repository. Example: ".github/invalid-reproduction.md"'
-    default: '.github/invalid-reproduction.md'
-  reproduction-hosts:
-    description: 'Comma-separated list of hostnames that are allowed for reproductions. Example: "github.com,codesandbox.io"'
-    default: github.com
-  reproduction-invalid-label:
-    description: 'Label to apply to issues without a valid reproduction. Example: "invalid-reproduction"'
-    default: 'invalid-reproduction'
-  reproduction-issue-labels:
-    description: 'Comma-separated list of issue labels. If configured, only verify reproduction URLs of issues with one of these labels present. Adding a comma at the end will handle non-labeled issues as invalid. Example: "bug,", will consider issues with the label "bug" or no label.'
-    default: ''
-  reproduction-link-section:
-    description: 'A regular expression string with "(.*)" matching a valid URL in the issue body. The result is trimmed. Example: "### Link to reproduction(.*)### To reproduce"'
-    default: '### Link to reproduction(.*)### To reproduce'
-  actions-to-perform:
-    description: 'Comma-separated list of actions to perform on the issue. Example: "tag,comment,close"'
-    default: 'tag,comment,close'
-
-runs:
-  using: 'composite'
-  steps:
-    - name: Checkout code
-      if: ${{ github.event_name != 'pull_request' }}
-      uses: actions/checkout@v4
-    - name: Run action
-      run: node ${{ github.action_path }}/dist/index.js
-      shell: sh
-      # https://github.com/actions/runner/issues/665#issuecomment-676581170
-      env:
-        'INPUT_REPRODUCTION_COMMENT': ${{inputs.reproduction-comment}}
-        'INPUT_REPRODUCTION_HOSTS': ${{inputs.reproduction-hosts}}
-        'INPUT_REPRODUCTION_INVALID_LABEL': ${{inputs.reproduction-invalid-label}}
-        'INPUT_REPRODUCTION_ISSUE_LABELS': ${{inputs.reproduction-issue-labels}}
-        'INPUT_REPRODUCTION_LINK_SECTION': ${{inputs.reproduction-link-section}}
-        'INPUT_ACTIONS_TO_PERFORM': ${{inputs.actions-to-perform}}

.github/actions/triage/jest.config.js

@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-module.exports = {
-  testEnvironment: 'node',
-  testPathIgnorePatterns: ['/node_modules/', '<rootDir>/dist/'],
-  transform: {
-    '^.+\\.(t|j)sx?$': ['@swc/jest'],
-  },
-}

.github/actions/triage/package.json

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-{
-  "name": "triage",
-  "version": "0.0.0",
-  "private": true,
-  "description": "GitHub Action to triage new issues",
-  "license": "MIT",
-  "main": "dist/index.js",
-  "scripts": {
-    "build": "pnpm build:typecheck && pnpm build:ncc",
-    "build:ncc": "ncc build src/index.ts -t -o dist",
-    "build:typecheck": "tsc",
-    "clean": "rimraf dist",
-    "test": "jest"
-  },
-  "dependencies": {
-    "@actions/core": "^1.3.0",
-    "@actions/github": "^5.0.0"
-  },
-  "devDependencies": {
-    "@octokit/webhooks-types": "^7.5.1",
-    "@swc/jest": "^0.2.36",
-    "@types/jest": "^27.5.2",
-    "@types/node": "^20.16.5",
-    "@typescript-eslint/eslint-plugin": "^4.33.0",
-    "@typescript-eslint/parser": "^4.33.0",
-    "@vercel/ncc": "0.38.1",
-    "concurrently": "^8.2.2",
-    "eslint": "^7.32.0",
-    "jest": "^29.7.0",
-    "prettier": "^3.3.3",
-    "ts-jest": "^26.5.6",
-    "typescript": "^4.9.5"
-  }
-}

.github/actions/triage/src/index.ts

@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
-import { debug, error, getBooleanInput, getInput, info, setFailed } from '@actions/core'
-
-import { context, getOctokit } from '@actions/github'
-import { readFile, access } from 'node:fs/promises'
-import { join } from 'node:path'
-
-// Ensure GITHUB_TOKEN and GITHUB_WORKSPACE are present
-if (!process.env.GITHUB_TOKEN) throw new TypeError('No GITHUB_TOKEN provided')
-if (!process.env.GITHUB_WORKSPACE) throw new TypeError('Not a GitHub workspace')
-
-const validActionsToPerform = ['tag', 'comment', 'close'] as const
-type ActionsToPerform = (typeof validActionsToPerform)[number]
-
-// Define the configuration object
-interface Config {
-  invalidLink: {
-    comment: string
-    bugLabels: string[]
-    hosts: string[]
-    label: string
-    linkSection: string
-  }
-  actionsToPerform: ActionsToPerform[]
-  token: string
-  workspace: string
-}
-
-const config: Config = {
-  invalidLink: {
-    comment: getInput('reproduction_comment') || '.github/invalid-reproduction.md',
-    bugLabels: getInput('reproduction_issue_labels')
-      .split(',')
-      .map((l) => l.trim()),
-    hosts: (getInput('reproduction_hosts') || 'github.com').split(',').map((h) => h.trim()),
-    label: getInput('reproduction_invalid_label') || 'invalid-reproduction',
-    linkSection:
-      getInput('reproduction_link_section') || '### Link to reproduction(.*)### To reproduce',
-  },
-  actionsToPerform: (getInput('actions_to_perform') || validActionsToPerform.join(','))
-    .split(',')
-    .map((a) => {
-      const action = a.trim().toLowerCase() as ActionsToPerform
-      if (validActionsToPerform.includes(action)) {
-        return action
-      }
-
-      throw new TypeError(`Invalid action: ${action}`)
-    }),
-  token: process.env.GITHUB_TOKEN,
-  workspace: process.env.GITHUB_WORKSPACE,
-}
-
-// Attempt to parse JSON, return parsed object or error
-function tryParse(json: string): Record<string, unknown> {
-  try {
-    return JSON.parse(json)
-  } catch (e) {
-    setFailed(`Could not parse JSON: ${e instanceof Error ? e.message : e}`)
-    return {}
-  }
-}
-
-// Retrieves a boolean input or undefined based on environment variables
-function getBooleanOrUndefined(value: string): boolean | undefined {
-  const variable = process.env[`INPUT_${value.toUpperCase()}`]
-  return variable === undefined || variable === '' ? undefined : getBooleanInput(value)
-}
-
-// Returns the appropriate label match type
-function getLabelMatch(value: string | undefined): 'name' | 'description' {
-  return value === 'name' ? 'name' : 'description'
-}
-
-// Function to check if an issue contains a valid reproduction link
-async function checkValidReproduction(): Promise<void> {
-  const { issue, action } = context.payload as {
-    issue: { number: number; body: string; labels: { name: string }[] } | undefined
-    action: string
-  }
-
-  if (action !== 'opened' || !issue?.body) return
-
-  const labels = issue.labels.map((l) => l.name)
-
-  const issueMatchingLabel =
-    labels.length &&
-    config.invalidLink.bugLabels.length &&
-    labels.some((l) => config.invalidLink.bugLabels.includes(l))
-
-  if (!issueMatchingLabel) {
-    info(
-      `Issue #${issue.number} does not match required labels: ${config.invalidLink.bugLabels.join(', ')}`,
-    )
-    info(`Issue labels: ${labels.join(', ')}`)
-    return
-  }
-
-  info(`Issue #${issue.number} labels: ${labels.join(', ')}`)
-
-  const { rest: client } = getOctokit(config.token)
-  const common = { ...context.repo, issue_number: issue.number }
-
-  const labelsToRemove = labels.filter((l) => config.invalidLink.bugLabels.includes(l))
-
-  if (await isValidReproduction(issue.body)) {
-    await Promise.all(
-      labelsToRemove.map((label) => client.issues.removeLabel({ ...common, name: label })),
-    )
-
-    return info(`Issue #${issue.number} contains a valid reproduction 💚`)
-  }
-
-  info(`Invalid reproduction, issue will be closed/labeled/commented...`)
-
-  // Adjust labels
-  await Promise.all(
-    labelsToRemove.map((label) => client.issues.removeLabel({ ...common, name: label })),
-  )
-
-  // Tag
-  if (config.actionsToPerform.includes('tag')) {
-    info(`Added label: ${config.invalidLink.label}`)
-    await client.issues.addLabels({ ...common, labels: [config.invalidLink.label] })
-  } else {
-    info('Tag - skipped, not provided in actions to perform')
-  }
-
-  // Comment
-  if (config.actionsToPerform.includes('comment')) {
-    const comment = join(config.workspace, config.invalidLink.comment)
-    await client.issues.createComment({ ...common, body: await getCommentBody(comment) })
-    info(`Commented with invalid reproduction message`)
-  } else {
-    info('Comment - skipped, not provided in actions to perform')
-  }
-
-  // Close
-  if (config.actionsToPerform.includes('close')) {
-    await client.issues.update({ ...common, state: 'closed' })
-    info(`Closed issue #${issue.number}`)
-  } else {
-    info('Close - skipped, not provided in actions to perform')
-  }
-}
-
-/**
- * Determine if an issue contains a valid/accessible link to a reproduction.
- *
- * Returns `true` if the link is valid.
- * @param body - The body content of the issue
- */
-async function isValidReproduction(body: string): Promise<boolean> {
-  const linkSectionRe = new RegExp(config.invalidLink.linkSection, 'is')
-  const link = body.match(linkSectionRe)?.[1]?.trim()
-
-  if (!link) {
-    info('Missing link')
-    info(`Link section regex: ${linkSectionRe}`)
-    info(`Link section: ${body}`)
-    return false
-  }
-
-  info(`Checking validity of link: ${link}`)
-
-  if (!URL.canParse(link)) {
-    info(`Invalid URL: ${link}`)
-    return false
-  }
-
-  const url = new URL(link)
-
-  if (!config.invalidLink.hosts.includes(url.hostname)) {
-    info('Link did not match allowed reproduction hosts')
-    return false
-  }
-
-  try {
-    // Verify that the link can be accessed
-    const response = await fetch(link)
-    const isOk = response.status < 400 || response.status >= 500
-
-    info(`Link status: ${response.status}`)
-    if (!isOk) {
-      info(`Link returned status ${response.status}`)
-    }
-    return isOk
-  } catch (error) {
-    info(`Error fetching link: ${(error as Error).message}`)
-    return false
-  }
-}
-
-/**
- * Return either a file's content or a string
- * @param {string} pathOrComment
- */
-async function getCommentBody(pathOrComment: string) {
-  try {
-    await access(pathOrComment)
-    return await readFile(pathOrComment, 'utf8')
-  } catch (error: any) {
-    if (error.code === 'ENOENT') return pathOrComment
-    throw error
-  }
-}
-
-async function run() {
-  const { token, workspace, ...safeConfig } = config
-  info('Configuration:')
-  info(JSON.stringify(safeConfig, null, 2))
-
-  await checkValidReproduction()
-}
-
-run().catch(setFailed)

.github/actions/triage/tsconfig.json

@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-{
-  "compilerOptions": {
-    "target": "ES2022",
-    "lib": ["es2020.string"],
-    "noEmit": true,
-    "strict": true,
-    "noUnusedLocals": false, // Undo this
-    "noImplicitReturns": true,
-    "noFallthroughCasesInSwitch": true,
-    "forceConsistentCasingInFileNames": true,
-    "downlevelIteration": true,
-    "skipLibCheck": true,
-  },
-  "exclude": ["src/**/*.test.ts"]
-}

.github/comments/invalid-reproduction.md

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-**Please add a reproduction in order for us to be able to investigate.**
-
-Depending on the quality of reproduction steps, this issue may be closed if no reproduction is provided.
-
-### Why was this issue marked with the `invalid-reproduction` label?
-
-To be able to investigate, we need access to a reproduction to identify what triggered the issue. We prefer a link to a public GitHub repository created with `create-payload-app@beta -t blank` or a forked/branched version of this repository with tests added (more info in the [reproduction-guide](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/.github/reproduction-guide.md)).
-
-To make sure the issue is resolved as quickly as possible, please make sure that the reproduction is as **minimal** as possible. This means that you should **remove unnecessary code, files, and dependencies** that do not contribute to the issue. Ensure your reproduction does not depend on secrets, 3rd party registries, private dependencies, or any other data that cannot be made public. Avoid a reproduction including a whole monorepo (unless relevant to the issue). The easier it is to reproduce the issue, the quicker we can help.
-
-Please test your reproduction against the latest version of Payload to make sure your issue has not already been fixed.
-
-### I added a link, why was it still marked?
-
-Ensure the link is pointing to a codebase that is accessible (e.g. not a private repository). "[example.com](http://example.com/)", "n/a", "will add later", etc. are not acceptable links -- we need to see a public codebase. See the above section for accepted links.
-
-### Useful Resources
-
-- [Reproduction Guide](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/.github/reproduction-guide.md)
-- [Contributing to Payload](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=08Qa3ggR9rw)

.github/dependabot.yml

@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-# docs: https://docs.github.com/github/administering-a-repository/configuration-options-for-dependency-updates
-
-version: 2
-updates:
-  - package-ecosystem: github-actions
-    directories:
-      - /
-      - /.github/workflows
-      - /.github/actions/* # Not working until resolved: https://github.com/dependabot/dependabot-core/issues/6345
-      - /.github/actions/setup
-    target-branch: main
-    schedule:
-      interval: monthly
-      timezone: America/Detroit
-      time: '06:00'
-    groups:
-      github_actions:
-        patterns:
-          - '*'
-
-  - package-ecosystem: npm
-    directory: /
-    target-branch: main
-    open-pull-requests-limit: 0 # Only allow security updates
-    schedule:
-      interval: weekly
-      day: sunday
-      timezone: America/Detroit
-      time: '06:00'
-    commit-message:
-      prefix: 'chore(deps)'
-    labels:
-      - dependencies
-    groups:
-      production-deps:
-        dependency-type: production
-        update-types:
-          - minor
-          - patch
-        patterns:
-          - '*'
-      dev-deps:
-        dependency-type: development
-        update-types:
-          - minor
-          - patch
-        patterns:
-          - '*'
-
-  - package-ecosystem: npm
-    directory: /
-    target-branch: 2.x
-    open-pull-requests-limit: 0 # Only allow security updates
-    schedule:
-      interval: weekly
-      day: sunday
-      timezone: America/Detroit
-      time: '06:00'
-    commit-message:
-      prefix: 'chore(deps)'
-    labels:
-      - dependencies
-    groups:
-      production-deps:
-        dependency-type: production
-        update-types:
-          - patch
-        patterns:
-          - '*'

.github/pnpm-workspace.yaml

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-packages:
-  - 'actions/*'

.github/reproduction-guide.md

@@ -1,11 +1,10 @@
 # Reproduction Guide
 
-1. [Fork](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/fork) this repo
-2. Optionally, create a new branch for your reproduction
-3. Run `pnpm install` to install dependencies
-4. Open up the `test/_community` directory
-5. Add any necessary `collections/globals/fields` in this directory to recreate the issue you are experiencing
-6. Run `pnpm dev _community` to start the admin panel
+1. [fork](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/fork) this repo
+2. run `yarn` to install dependencies
+3. open up the `test/_community` directory
+4. add any necessary `collections/globals/fields` in this directory to recreate the issue you are experiencing
+5. run `yarn dev _community` to start the admin panel
 
 **NOTE:** The goal is to isolate the problem by reducing the number of `collections/globals/fields` you add to the `test/_community` folder. This folder is _not_ meant for you to copy your project into, but rather recreate the issue you are experiencing with minimal config.
 
@@ -22,7 +21,7 @@
 - `config.ts` - This is the _granular_ Payload config for testing. It should be as lightweight as possible. Reference existing configs for an example
 - `int.spec.ts` [Optional] - This is the test file run by jest. Any test file must have a `*int.spec.ts` suffix.
 - `e2e.spec.ts` [Optional] - This is the end-to-end test file that will load up the admin UI using the above config and run Playwright tests.
-- `payload-types.ts` - Generated types from `config.ts`. Generate this file by running `pnpm dev:generate-types _community`.
+- `payload-types.ts` - Generated types from `config.ts`. Generate this file by running `yarn dev:generate-types _community`.
 
 The directory split up in this way specifically to reduce friction when creating tests and to add the ability to boot up Payload with that specific config. You should modify the files in `test/_community` to get started.
 
@@ -40,12 +39,12 @@ There are a couple ways run integration tests:
 
 - **Granularly** - you can run individual tests in vscode by installing the Jest Runner plugin and using that to run individual tests. Clicking the `debug` button will run the test in debug mode allowing you to set break points.
 
-  <img src="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/payloadcms/payload/main/packages/payload/src/assets/images/github/int-debug.png" />
+  <img src="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/payloadcms/payload/main/packages/payload/src/admin/assets/images/github/int-debug.png" />
 
 - **Manually** - you can run all int tests in the `/test/_community/int.spec.ts` file by running the following command:
 
   ```bash
-  pnpm test:int _community
+  yarn test:int _community
   ```
 
 ### Running E2E tests (Admin Panel UI tests)
@@ -57,8 +56,8 @@ The easiest way to run E2E tests is to install
 
 Once they are installed you can open the `testing` tab in vscode sidebar and drill down to the test you want to run, i.e. `/test/_community/e2e.spec.ts`
 
-<img src="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/payloadcms/payload/main/packages/payload/src/assets/images/github/e2e-debug.png" />
+<img src="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/payloadcms/payload/main/packages/payload/src/admin/assets/images/github/e2e-debug.png" />
 
 #### Notes
 
-The default credentials are `dev@payloadcms.com` as email and `test` as password. They can be found in `test/credentials.ts`. By default, these will be autofilled, so no log-in is required.
+- It is recommended to add the test credentials (located in `test/credentials.ts`) to your autofill for `localhost:3000/admin` as this will be required on every nodemon restart. The default credentials are `dev@payloadcms.com` as email and `test` as password.

.github/workflows/label-on-change.yml

@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-name: label-on-change
-
-on:
-  # https://docs.github.com/en/actions/using-workflows/events-that-trigger-workflows#pull_request_target
-  issues:
-    types:
-      - assigned
-      - closed
-      - labeled
-      - reopened
-
-  # TODO: Handle labeling on comment
-
-jobs:
-  on-labeled-ensure-one-status:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    permissions:
-      issues: write
-    # Only run on issue labeled and if label starts with 'status:'
-    if: github.event.action == 'labeled' && startsWith(github.event.label.name, 'status:')
-    steps:
-      - name: Ensure only one status label
-        uses: actions/github-script@v7
-        with:
-          github-token: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
-          script: |
-            // Get all labels that start with 'status:' and are not the incoming label
-            const incomingLabelName = context.payload.label.name;
-            const labelNamesToRemove = context.payload.issue.labels
-              .filter(label => label.name.startsWith('status:') && label.name !== incomingLabelName)
-              .map(label => label.name);
-
-            if (!labelNamesToRemove.length) {
-              console.log('No labels to remove');
-              return;
-            }
-
-            console.log(`Labels to remove: '${labelNamesToRemove}'`);
-
-            // If there is more than one status label, remove all but the incoming label
-            for (const labelName of labelNamesToRemove) {
-              await github.rest.issues.removeLabel({
-                issue_number: context.issue.number,
-                name: labelName,
-                owner: context.repo.owner,
-                repo: context.repo.repo,
-              });
-              console.log(`Removed '${labelName}' label`);
-            }
-
-  on-issue-close:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    permissions:
-      issues: write
-    if: github.event.action == 'closed'
-    steps:
-      - name: Remove all labels on issue close
-        uses: actions/github-script@v7
-        with:
-          github-token: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
-          script: |
-            // Get all labels that start with 'status:' and 'stale'
-            const labelNamesToRemove = context.payload.issue.labels
-              .filter(label => label.name.startsWith('status:') || label.name === 'stale')
-              .map(label => label.name);
-
-            if (!labelNamesToRemove.length) {
-              console.log('No labels to remove');
-              return;
-            }
-
-            console.log(`Labels to remove: '${labelNamesToRemove}'`);
-
-            for (const labelName of labelNamesToRemove) {
-              await github.rest.issues.removeLabel({
-                issue_number: context.issue.number,
-                name: labelName,
-                owner: context.repo.owner,
-                repo: context.repo.repo,
-              });
-              console.log(`Removed '${labelName}' label`);
-            }
-
-  on-issue-reopen:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    permissions:
-      issues: write
-    if: github.event.action == 'reopened'
-    steps:
-      - name: Add needs-triage label on issue reopen
-        uses: actions-ecosystem/action-add-labels@v1
-        with:
-          labels: 'status: needs-triage'
-
-  on-issue-assigned:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    permissions:
-      issues: write
-    if: >
-      github.event.action == 'assigned' &&
-      contains(github.event.issue.labels.*.name, 'status: needs-triage')
-    steps:
-      - name: Remove needs-triage label on issue assign
-        uses: actions-ecosystem/action-remove-labels@v1
-        with:
-          labels: 'status: needs-triage'
-
-  # on-pr-merge:
-  #   runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-  #   if: github.event.pull_request.merged == true
-  #   steps:
-
-  # on-pr-close:
-  #   runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-  #   if: github.event_name == 'pull_request_target' && github.event.pull_request.merged == false
-  #   steps:

.github/workflows/lock-issues.yml

@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-name: lock-issues
-
-on:
-  schedule:
-    # Run nightly at 12am EST
-    - cron: '0 4 * * *'
-  workflow_dispatch:
-
-permissions:
-  issues: write
-
-jobs:
-  lock_issues:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    steps:
-      - name: Lock issues
-        uses: dessant/lock-threads@v5
-        with:
-          process-only: 'issues'
-          issue-inactive-days: '1'
-          exclude-any-issue-labels: 'status: awaiting-reply'
-          log-output: true
-          issue-comment: >
-            This issue has been automatically locked.
-
-            Please open a new issue if this issue persists with any additional detail.

.github/workflows/main.yml

@@ -2,107 +2,12 @@ name: build
 
 on:
   pull_request:
-    types:
-      - opened
-      - reopened
-      - synchronize
+    types: [opened, reopened, synchronize]
   push:
-    branches:
-      - main
-
-concurrency:
-  # <workflow_name>-<branch_name>-<true || commit_sha if branch is protected>
-  group: ${{ github.workflow }}-${{ github.ref }}-${{ github.ref_protected && github.sha || ''}}
-  cancel-in-progress: true
-
-env:
-  NODE_VERSION: 22.6.0
-  PNPM_VERSION: 9.7.1
-  DO_NOT_TRACK: 1 # Disable Turbopack telemetry
-  NEXT_TELEMETRY_DISABLED: 1 # Disable Next telemetry
+    branches: ['main']
 
 jobs:
-  changes:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    permissions:
-      pull-requests: read
-    outputs:
-      needs_build: ${{ steps.filter.outputs.needs_build }}
-      templates: ${{ steps.filter.outputs.templates }}
-    steps:
-      # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
-      - name: tune linux network
-        run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
-
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v4
-        with:
-          fetch-depth: 25
-      - uses: dorny/paths-filter@v3
-        id: filter
-        with:
-          filters: |
-            needs_build:
-              - '.github/workflows/**'
-              - 'packages/**'
-              - 'test/**'
-              - 'pnpm-lock.yaml'
-              - 'package.json'
-              - 'templates/**'
-            templates:
-              - 'templates/**'
-      - name: Log all filter results
-        run: |
-          echo "needs_build: ${{ steps.filter.outputs.needs_build }}"
-          echo "templates: ${{ steps.filter.outputs.templates }}"
-
-  lint:
-    if: >
-      github.event_name == 'pull_request' && !contains(github.event.pull_request.title, 'no-lint') && !contains(github.event.pull_request.title, 'skip-lint')
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v4
-        with:
-          fetch-depth: 0
-
-      # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
-      - name: tune linux network
-        run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
-
-      - name: Setup Node@${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
-        uses: actions/setup-node@v4
-        with:
-          node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
-
-      - name: Install pnpm
-        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v4
-        with:
-          version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
-          run_install: false
-
-      - name: Get pnpm store directory
-        shell: bash
-        run: |
-          echo "STORE_PATH=$(pnpm store path --silent)" >> $GITHUB_ENV
-
-      - name: Setup pnpm cache
-        uses: actions/cache@v4
-        timeout-minutes: 720
-        with:
-          path: ${{ env.STORE_PATH }}
-          key: pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
-          restore-keys: |
-            pnpm-store-
-            pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
-
-      - run: pnpm install
-      - name: Lint staged
-        run: |
-          git diff --name-only --diff-filter=d origin/${GITHUB_BASE_REF}...${GITHUB_SHA}
-          npx lint-staged --diff="origin/${GITHUB_BASE_REF}...${GITHUB_SHA}"
-
-  build:
-    needs: changes
-    if: ${{ needs.changes.outputs.needs_build == 'true' }}
+  core-build:
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
 
     steps:
@@ -110,19 +15,15 @@ jobs:
         with:
           fetch-depth: 25
 
-      # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
-      - name: tune linux network
-        run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
-
-      - name: Setup Node@${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
-        uses: actions/setup-node@v4
+      - name: Use Node.js 18
+        uses: actions/setup-node@v3
         with:
-          node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
+          node-version: 18
 
       - name: Install pnpm
-        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v4
+        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v2
         with:
-          version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
+          version: 8
           run_install: false
 
       - name: Get pnpm store directory
@@ -130,333 +31,50 @@ jobs:
         run: |
           echo "STORE_PATH=$(pnpm store path --silent)" >> $GITHUB_ENV
 
-      - name: Setup pnpm cache
-        uses: actions/cache@v4
-        timeout-minutes: 720
+      - uses: actions/cache@v3
+        name: Setup pnpm cache
         with:
           path: ${{ env.STORE_PATH }}
-          key: pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
+          key: ${{ runner.os }}-pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
           restore-keys: |
-            pnpm-store-
-            pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
+            ${{ runner.os }}-pnpm-store-
+            ${{ runner.os }}-pnpm-store-${{ hashFiles('**/pnpm-lock.yaml') }}
 
       - run: pnpm install
-      - run: pnpm run build:all
-        env:
-          DO_NOT_TRACK: 1 # Disable Turbopack telemetry
+      - run: pnpm run build
 
       - name: Cache build
-        uses: actions/cache@v4
-        timeout-minutes: 10
+        uses: actions/cache@v3
         with:
           path: ./*
           key: ${{ github.sha }}-${{ github.run_number }}
 
-  tests-unit:
+  tests:
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    needs: build
-
-    steps:
-      # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
-      - name: tune linux network
-        run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
-
-      - name: Setup Node@${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
-        uses: actions/setup-node@v4
-        with:
-          node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
-
-      - name: Install pnpm
-        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v4
-        with:
-          version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
-          run_install: false
-
-      - name: Restore build
-        uses: actions/cache@v4
-        timeout-minutes: 10
-        with:
-          path: ./*
-          key: ${{ github.sha }}-${{ github.run_number }}
-
-      - name: Unit Tests
-        run: pnpm test:unit
-        env:
-          NODE_OPTIONS: --max-old-space-size=8096
-
-  tests-int:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    needs: build
-    name: int-${{ matrix.database }}
+    needs: core-build
     strategy:
       fail-fast: false
       matrix:
-        database:
-          - mongodb
-          - postgres
-          - postgres-custom-schema
-          - postgres-uuid
-          - supabase
-          - sqlite
-    env:
-      POSTGRES_USER: postgres
-      POSTGRES_PASSWORD: postgres
-      POSTGRES_DB: payloadtests
-      AWS_ENDPOINT_URL: http://127.0.0.1:4566
-      AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID: localstack
-      AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY: localstack
-      AWS_REGION: us-east-1
-
-    services:
-      postgres:
-        image: ${{ (startsWith(matrix.database, 'postgres') ) && 'postgis/postgis:16-3.4' || '' }}
-        env:
-          # must specify password for PG Docker container image, see: https://registry.hub.docker.com/_/postgres?tab=description&page=1&name=10
-          POSTGRES_USER: ${{ env.POSTGRES_USER }}
-          POSTGRES_PASSWORD: ${{ env.POSTGRES_PASSWORD }}
-          POSTGRES_DB: ${{ env.POSTGRES_DB }}
-        ports:
-          - 5432:5432
-        # needed because the postgres container does not provide a healthcheck
-        options: --health-cmd pg_isready --health-interval 10s --health-timeout 5s --health-retries 5
-
-    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v4
-        with:
-          fetch-depth: 25
-      # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
-      - name: tune linux network
-        run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
-
-      - name: Setup Node@${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
-        uses: actions/setup-node@v4
-        with:
-          node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
-
-      - name: Install pnpm
-        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v4
-        with:
-          version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
-          run_install: false
-
-      - run: pnpm install
-
-      - name: Start LocalStack
-        run: pnpm docker:start
-
-      - name: Install Supabase CLI
-        uses: supabase/setup-cli@v1
-        with:
-          version: latest
-        if: matrix.database == 'supabase'
-
-      - name: Initialize Supabase
-        run: |
-          supabase init
-          supabase start
-        if: matrix.database == 'supabase'
-
-      - name: Configure PostgreSQL
-        run: |
-          psql "postgresql://$POSTGRES_USER:$POSTGRES_PASSWORD@localhost:5432/$POSTGRES_DB" -c "CREATE ROLE runner SUPERUSER LOGIN;"
-          psql "postgresql://$POSTGRES_USER:$POSTGRES_PASSWORD@localhost:5432/$POSTGRES_DB" -c "SELECT version();"
-          echo "POSTGRES_URL=postgresql://$POSTGRES_USER:$POSTGRES_PASSWORD@localhost:5432/$POSTGRES_DB" >> $GITHUB_ENV
-        if: startsWith(matrix.database, 'postgres')
-
-      - name: Configure PostgreSQL with custom schema
-        run: |
-          psql "postgresql://$POSTGRES_USER:$POSTGRES_PASSWORD@localhost:5432/$POSTGRES_DB" -c "CREATE SCHEMA custom;"
-        if: matrix.database == 'postgres-custom-schema'
-
-      - name: Configure Supabase
-        run: |
-          echo "POSTGRES_URL=postgresql://postgres:postgres@127.0.0.1:54322/postgres" >> $GITHUB_ENV
-        if: matrix.database == 'supabase'
-
-      - name: Integration Tests
-        uses: nick-fields/retry@v3
-        env:
-          NODE_OPTIONS: --max-old-space-size=8096
-          PAYLOAD_DATABASE: ${{ matrix.database }}
-          POSTGRES_URL: ${{ env.POSTGRES_URL }}
-        with:
-          retry_on: any
-          max_attempts: 5
-          timeout_minutes: 15
-          command: pnpm test:int
-          on_retry_command: pnpm clean:build && pnpm install --no-frozen-lockfile
-
-  tests-e2e:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    needs: build
-    name: e2e-${{ matrix.suite }}
-    strategy:
-      fail-fast: false
-      matrix:
-        # find test -type f -name 'e2e.spec.ts' | sort | xargs dirname | xargs -I {} basename {}
-        suite:
-          - _community
-          - access-control
-          - admin__e2e__1
-          - admin__e2e__2
-          - admin__e2e__3
-          - admin-root
-          - auth
-          - auth-basic
-          - field-error-states
-          - fields-relationship
-          - fields
-          - fields__collections__Blocks
-          - fields__collections__Array
-          - fields__collections__Relationship
-          - fields__collections__RichText
-          - fields__collections__Lexical__e2e__main
-          - fields__collections__Lexical__e2e__blocks
-          - fields__collections__Date
-          - fields__collections__Number
-          - fields__collections__Point
-          - fields__collections__Tabs
-          - fields__collections__Text
-          - fields__collections__Upload
-          - live-preview
-          - localization
-          - locked-documents
-          - i18n
-          - plugin-cloud-storage
-          - plugin-form-builder
-          - plugin-nested-docs
-          - plugin-seo
-          - versions
-          - uploads
-    env:
-      SUITE_NAME: ${{ matrix.suite }}
-    steps:
-      # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
-      - name: tune linux network
-        run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
-
-      - name: Setup Node@${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
-        uses: actions/setup-node@v4
-        with:
-          node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
-
-      - name: Install pnpm
-        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v4
-        with:
-          version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
-          run_install: false
-
-      - name: Restore build
-        uses: actions/cache@v4
-        timeout-minutes: 10
-        with:
-          path: ./*
-          key: ${{ github.sha }}-${{ github.run_number }}
-
-      - name: Start LocalStack
-        run: pnpm docker:start
-        if: ${{ matrix.suite == 'plugin-cloud-storage' }}
-
-      - name: Store Playwright's Version
-        run: |
-          # Extract the version number using a more targeted regex pattern with awk
-          PLAYWRIGHT_VERSION=$(pnpm ls @playwright/test --depth=0 | awk '/@playwright\/test/ {print $2}')
-          echo "Playwright's Version: $PLAYWRIGHT_VERSION"
-          echo "PLAYWRIGHT_VERSION=$PLAYWRIGHT_VERSION" >> $GITHUB_ENV
-
-      - name: Cache Playwright Browsers for Playwright's Version
-        id: cache-playwright-browsers
-        uses: actions/cache@v4
-        with:
-          path: ~/.cache/ms-playwright
-          key: playwright-browsers-${{ env.PLAYWRIGHT_VERSION }}
-
-      - name: Setup Playwright - Browsers and Dependencies
-        if: steps.cache-playwright-browsers.outputs.cache-hit != 'true'
-        run: pnpm exec playwright install --with-deps chromium
-
-      - name: Setup Playwright - Dependencies-only
-        if: steps.cache-playwright-browsers.outputs.cache-hit == 'true'
-        run: pnpm exec playwright install-deps chromium
-
-      - name: E2E Tests
-        uses: nick-fields/retry@v3
-        with:
-          retry_on: any
-          max_attempts: 5
-          timeout_minutes: 20
-          command: PLAYWRIGHT_JSON_OUTPUT_NAME=results_${{ matrix.suite }}.json pnpm test:e2e:prod:ci ${{ matrix.suite }}
-          on_retry_command: pnpm clean:build && pnpm install --no-frozen-lockfile && pnpm build:all
-        env:
-          PLAYWRIGHT_JSON_OUTPUT_NAME: results_${{ matrix.suite }}.json
-          NEXT_TELEMETRY_DISABLED: 1
-
-      - uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4
-        if: always()
-        with:
-          name: test-results-${{ matrix.suite }}
-          path: test/test-results/
-          if-no-files-found: ignore
-          retention-days: 1
-
-      # Disabled until this is fixed: https://github.com/daun/playwright-report-summary/issues/156
-      # - uses: daun/playwright-report-summary@v3
-      #   with:
-      #     report-file: results_${{ matrix.suite }}.json
-      #     report-tag: ${{ matrix.suite }}
-      #     job-summary: true
-
-  # Build listed templates with packed local packages
-  build-templates:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    needs: build
-    strategy:
-      matrix:
-        include:
-          - template: blank
-            database: mongodb
-          - template: website
-            database: mongodb
-          - template: with-payload-cloud
-            database: mongodb
-          - template: with-vercel-mongodb
-            database: mongodb
-          # Postgres
-          - template: with-postgres
-            database: postgres
-          - template: with-vercel-postgres
-            database: postgres
-
-          # Re-enable once PG conncection is figured out
-          # - template: with-vercel-website
-          #   database: postgres
-
-    name: ${{ matrix.template }}-${{ matrix.database }}
-
+        database: [mongoose, postgres]
     env:
       POSTGRES_USER: postgres
       POSTGRES_PASSWORD: postgres
       POSTGRES_DB: payloadtests
 
     steps:
-      # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
-      - name: tune linux network
-        run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
-
-      - name: Setup Node@${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
-        uses: actions/setup-node@v4
+      - name: Use Node.js 18
+        uses: actions/setup-node@v3
         with:
-          node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
+          node-version: 18
 
       - name: Install pnpm
-        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v4
+        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v2
         with:
-          version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
+          version: 8
           run_install: false
 
       - name: Restore build
-        uses: actions/cache@v4
-        timeout-minutes: 10
+        uses: actions/cache@v3
         with:
           path: ./*
           key: ${{ github.sha }}-${{ github.run_number }}
@@ -464,16 +82,13 @@ jobs:
       - name: Start PostgreSQL
         uses: CasperWA/postgresql-action@v1.2
         with:
-          postgresql version: '14' # See https://hub.docker.com/_/postgres for available versions
+          postgresql version: '14'  # See https://hub.docker.com/_/postgres for available versions
           postgresql db: ${{ env.POSTGRES_DB }}
           postgresql user: ${{ env.POSTGRES_USER }}
           postgresql password: ${{ env.POSTGRES_PASSWORD }}
         if: matrix.database == 'postgres'
 
-      - name: Wait for PostgreSQL
-        run: sleep 30
-        if: matrix.database == 'postgres'
-
+      - run: sleep 30
       - name: Configure PostgreSQL
         run: |
           psql "postgresql://$POSTGRES_USER:$POSTGRES_PASSWORD@localhost:5432/$POSTGRES_DB" -c "CREATE ROLE runner SUPERUSER LOGIN;"
@@ -481,39 +96,69 @@ jobs:
           echo "POSTGRES_URL=postgresql://$POSTGRES_USER:$POSTGRES_PASSWORD@localhost:5432/$POSTGRES_DB" >> $GITHUB_ENV
         if: matrix.database == 'postgres'
 
-      - name: Start MongoDB
-        uses: supercharge/mongodb-github-action@1.11.0
-        with:
-          mongodb-version: 6.0
+      - name: Component Tests
+        run: pnpm test:components
 
-      - name: Build Template
-        run: |
-          pnpm run script:pack --dest templates/${{ matrix.template }}
-          pnpm runts scripts/build-template-with-local-pkgs.ts ${{ matrix.template }} $POSTGRES_URL
+      - name: Integration Tests
+        run: pnpm test:int
+        env:
+          PAYLOAD_DATABASE: ${{ matrix.database }}
+          POSTGRES_URL: ${{ env.POSTGRES_URL }}
 
-  tests-type-generation:
+  tests-e2e:
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    needs: build
+    needs: core-build
+    strategy:
+      fail-fast: false
+      matrix:
+        part: [1/4, 2/4, 3/4, 4/4]
 
     steps:
-      # https://github.com/actions/virtual-environments/issues/1187
-      - name: tune linux network
-        run: sudo ethtool -K eth0 tx off rx off
-
-      - name: Setup Node@${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
-        uses: actions/setup-node@v4
+      - name: Use Node.js 18
+        uses: actions/setup-node@v3
         with:
-          node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
+          node-version: 18
 
       - name: Install pnpm
-        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v4
+        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v2
         with:
-          version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
+          version: 8
           run_install: false
 
       - name: Restore build
-        uses: actions/cache@v4
-        timeout-minutes: 10
+        uses: actions/cache@v3
+        with:
+          path: ./*
+          key: ${{ github.sha }}-${{ github.run_number }}
+
+      - name: E2E Tests
+        run: pnpm test:e2e --part ${{ matrix.part }} --bail
+
+      - uses: actions/upload-artifact@v3
+        if: always()
+        with:
+          name: test-results
+          path: test-results/
+          retention-days: 1
+
+  tests-type-generation:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+    needs: core-build
+
+    steps:
+      - name: Use Node.js 18
+        uses: actions/setup-node@v3
+        with:
+          node-version: 18
+
+      - name: Install pnpm
+        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v2
+        with:
+          version: 8
+          run_install: false
+
+      - name: Restore build
+        uses: actions/cache@v3
         with:
           path: ./*
           key: ${{ github.sha }}-${{ github.run_number }}
@@ -524,30 +169,40 @@ jobs:
       - name: Generate GraphQL schema file
         run: pnpm dev:generate-graphql-schema graphql-schema-gen
 
-  all-green:
-    name: All Green
-    if: always()
+  build-packages:
+    name: Build Packages
     runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    needs:
-      - lint
-      - build
-      - tests-unit
-      - tests-int
-      - tests-e2e
+    needs: core-build
+    strategy:
+      fail-fast: false
+      matrix:
+        pkg:
+          - db-mongodb
+          - db-postgres
+          - bundler-webpack
+          - bundler-vite
+          - richtext-slate
+          - richtext-lexical
+          - live-preview
+          - live-preview-react
 
     steps:
-      - if: ${{ always() && (contains(needs.*.result, 'failure') || contains(needs.*.result, 'cancelled')) }}
-        run: exit 1
+      - name: Use Node.js 18
+        uses: actions/setup-node@v3
+        with:
+          node-version: 18
 
-  publish-canary:
-    name: Publish Canary
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    if: ${{ needs.all-green.result == 'success' && github.ref_name == 'main' }}
-    needs:
-      - all-green
+      - name: Install pnpm
+        uses: pnpm/action-setup@v2
+        with:
+          version: 8
+          run_install: false
 
-    steps:
-      # debug github.ref output
-      - run: |
-          echo github.ref: ${{ github.ref }}
-          echo isV3: ${{ github.ref == 'refs/heads/main' }}
+      - name: Restore build
+        uses: actions/cache@v3
+        with:
+          path: ./*
+          key: ${{ github.sha }}-${{ github.run_number }}
+
+      - name: Build ${{ matrix.pkg }}
+        run: pnpm turbo run build --filter=${{ matrix.pkg }}

.github/workflows/post-release-templates.yml

@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-name: post-release-templates
-
-on:
-  release:
-    types:
-      - published
-  workflow_dispatch:
-    inputs:
-      tag:
-        description: 'Release tag to process (optional)'
-        required: true
-
-env:
-  NODE_VERSION: 22.6.0
-  PNPM_VERSION: 9.7.1
-  DO_NOT_TRACK: 1 # Disable Turbopack telemetry
-  NEXT_TELEMETRY_DISABLED: 1 # Disable Next telemetry
-
-jobs:
-  update_templates:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    permissions:
-      contents: write
-      pull-requests: write
-    env:
-      POSTGRES_USER: postgres
-      POSTGRES_PASSWORD: postgres
-      POSTGRES_DB: payloadtests
-    steps:
-      - name: Checkout
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
-      - name: Setup
-        uses: ./.github/actions/setup
-        with:
-          node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
-          pnpm-version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
-
-      - name: Start PostgreSQL
-        uses: CasperWA/postgresql-action@v1.2
-        with:
-          postgresql version: '14' # See https://hub.docker.com/_/postgres for available versions
-          postgresql db: ${{ env.POSTGRES_DB }}
-          postgresql user: ${{ env.POSTGRES_USER }}
-          postgresql password: ${{ env.POSTGRES_PASSWORD }}
-
-      - name: Wait for PostgreSQL
-        run: sleep 30
-
-      - name: Configure PostgreSQL
-        run: |
-          psql "postgresql://$POSTGRES_USER:$POSTGRES_PASSWORD@localhost:5432/$POSTGRES_DB" -c "CREATE ROLE runner SUPERUSER LOGIN;"
-          psql "postgresql://$POSTGRES_USER:$POSTGRES_PASSWORD@localhost:5432/$POSTGRES_DB" -c "SELECT version();"
-          echo "POSTGRES_URL=postgresql://$POSTGRES_USER:$POSTGRES_PASSWORD@localhost:5432/$POSTGRES_DB" >> $GITHUB_ENV
-          echo "DATABASE_URI=postgresql://$POSTGRES_USER:$POSTGRES_PASSWORD@localhost:5432/$POSTGRES_DB" >> $GITHUB_ENV
-
-      - name: Start MongoDB
-        uses: supercharge/mongodb-github-action@1.11.0
-        with:
-          mongodb-version: 6.0
-
-      - name: Update template lockfiles and migrations
-        run: pnpm script:gen-templates
-
-      - name: Determine Release Tag
-        id: determine_tag
-        run: |
-          if [ "${{ github.event.inputs.tag }}" != "" ]; then
-            echo "Using tag from input: ${{ github.event.inputs.tag }}"
-            echo "release_tag=${{ github.event.inputs.tag }}" >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
-          else
-            echo "Using tag from release event: ${{ github.event.release.tag_name }}"
-            echo "release_tag=${{ github.event.release.tag_name }}" >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
-          fi
-
-      - name: Commit and push changes
-        id: commit
-        env:
-          GITHUB_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
-        run: |
-          set -ex
-          git config --global user.name "github-actions[bot]"
-          git config --global user.email "github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com"
-
-          git diff --name-only
-
-          export BRANCH_NAME=templates/bump-${{ steps.determine_tag.outputs.release_tag }}
-          echo "branch=$BRANCH_NAME" >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
-
-      - name: Create pull request
-        uses: peter-evans/create-pull-request@v7
-        with:
-          token: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
-          labels: 'area: templates'
-          author: github-actions[bot] <github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com>
-          commit-message: 'templates: bump templates for ${{ steps.determine_tag.outputs.release_tag }}'
-          branch: ${{ steps.commit.outputs.branch }}
-          base: main
-          title: 'templates: bump for ${{ steps.determine_tag.outputs.release_tag }}'
-          body: 'Automated bump of templates for ${{ steps.determine_tag.outputs.release_tag }}'

.github/workflows/post-release.yml

@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-name: post-release
-
-on:
-  release:
-    types:
-      - published
-  workflow_dispatch:
-    inputs:
-      tag:
-        description: 'Release tag to process (optional)'
-        required: false
-        default: ''
-
-env:
-  NODE_VERSION: 22.6.0
-  PNPM_VERSION: 9.7.1
-  DO_NOT_TRACK: 1 # Disable Turbopack telemetry
-  NEXT_TELEMETRY_DISABLED: 1 # Disable Next telemetry
-
-jobs:
-  post_release:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    if: ${{ github.event_name != 'workflow_dispatch' }}
-    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v4
-      - uses: ./.github/actions/release-commenter
-        continue-on-error: true
-        env:
-          ACTIONS_STEP_DEBUG: true
-        with:
-          GITHUB_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
-          tag-filter: 'v\d'
-
-          # Change to blank to disable commenting
-          # comment-template: ''
-
-          comment-template: |
-            🚀 This is included in version {release_link}
-
-  github-releases-to-discord:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    if: ${{ github.event_name != 'workflow_dispatch' }}
-    steps:
-      - name: Checkout
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
-      - name: Github Releases To Discord
-        uses: SethCohen/github-releases-to-discord@v1.16.2
-        with:
-          webhook_url: ${{ secrets.DISCORD_RELEASES_WEBHOOK_URL }}
-          color: '16777215'
-          username: 'Payload Releases'
-          avatar_url: 'https://l4wlsi8vxy8hre4v.public.blob.vercel-storage.com/discord-bot-logo.png'

.github/workflows/pr-title.yml

@@ -1,117 +0,0 @@
-name: pr-title
-
-on:
-  pull_request_target:
-    types:
-      - opened
-      - edited
-
-permissions:
-  pull-requests: write
-
-jobs:
-  main:
-    name: lint-pr-title
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    steps:
-      - uses: amannn/action-semantic-pull-request@v5
-        id: lint_pr_title
-        env:
-          GITHUB_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
-        with:
-          types: |
-            build
-            chore
-            ci
-            docs
-            examples
-            feat
-            fix
-            perf
-            refactor
-            revert
-            style
-            templates
-            test
-          scopes: |
-            cpa
-            db-\*
-            db-mongodb
-            db-postgres
-            db-vercel-postgres
-            db-sqlite
-            drizzle
-            email-nodemailer
-            eslint
-            graphql
-            live-preview
-            live-preview-react
-            next
-            payload-cloud
-            plugin-cloud
-            plugin-cloud-storage
-            plugin-form-builder
-            plugin-nested-docs
-            plugin-redirects
-            plugin-search
-            plugin-sentry
-            plugin-seo
-            plugin-stripe
-            richtext-\*
-            richtext-lexical
-            richtext-slate
-            storage-\*
-            storage-azure
-            storage-gcs
-            storage-uploadthing
-            storage-vercel-blob
-            storage-s3
-            translations
-            ui
-            templates
-            examples(\/(\w|-)+)?
-            deps
-
-          # Disallow uppercase letters at the beginning of the subject
-          subjectPattern: ^(?![A-Z]).+$
-          subjectPatternError: |
-            The subject "{subject}" found in the pull request title "{title}"
-            didn't match the configured pattern. Please ensure that the subject
-            doesn't start with an uppercase character.
-
-      - uses: marocchino/sticky-pull-request-comment@v2
-        # When the previous steps fails, the workflow would stop. By adding this
-        # condition you can continue the execution with the populated error message.
-        if: always() && (steps.lint_pr_title.outputs.error_message != null)
-        with:
-          header: pr-title-lint-error
-          message: |
-            Pull Request titles must follow the [Conventional Commits specification](https://www.conventionalcommits.org/en/v1.0.0/) and have valid scopes.
-
-            ${{ steps.lint_pr_title.outputs.error_message }}
-
-            ```
-            feat(ui): add Button component
-            ^    ^    ^
-            |    |    |__ Subject
-            |    |_______ Scope
-            |____________ Type
-            ```
-
-      # Delete a previous comment when the issue has been resolved
-      - if: ${{ steps.lint_pr_title.outputs.error_message == null }}
-        uses: marocchino/sticky-pull-request-comment@v2
-        with:
-          header: pr-title-lint-error
-          delete: true
-
-  label-pr-on-open:
-    name: label-pr-on-open
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    if: github.event.action == 'opened'
-    steps:
-      - name: Tag with 2.x branch with v2
-        if: github.event.pull_request.base.ref == '2.x'
-        uses: actions-ecosystem/action-add-labels@v1
-        with:
-          labels: v2

.github/workflows/release-canary.yml

@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-name: release-canary
-
-on:
-  workflow_dispatch:
-
-env:
-  NODE_VERSION: 22.6.0
-  PNPM_VERSION: 9.7.1
-  DO_NOT_TRACK: 1 # Disable Turbopack telemetry
-  NEXT_TELEMETRY_DISABLED: 1 # Disable Next telemetry
-
-jobs:
-  release:
-    name: release-canary-${{ github.ref_name }}-${{ github.sha }}
-    permissions:
-      id-token: write
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    steps:
-      - name: Checkout
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
-      - name: Setup
-        uses: ./.github/actions/setup
-        with:
-          node-version: ${{ env.NODE_VERSION }}
-          pnpm-version: ${{ env.PNPM_VERSION }}
-      - name: Load npm token
-        run: echo "//registry.npmjs.org/:_authToken=$NPM_TOKEN" >> ~/.npmrc
-        env:
-          NPM_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.NPM_TOKEN }}
-      - name: Canary release script
-        # dry run hard-coded to true for testing and no npm token provided
-        run: pnpm tsx ./scripts/publish-canary.ts
-        env:
-          NPM_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.NPM_TOKEN }}
-          NPM_CONFIG_PROVENANCE: true

.github/workflows/stale.yml

@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-name: stale
-
-on:
-  workflow_dispatch:
-
-jobs:
-  stale:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    permissions:
-      issues: write
-      pull-requests: write
-    steps:
-      - uses: actions/stale@v9
-        id: stale
-        with:
-          debug-only: true
-          days-before-stale: 90
-          days-before-close: 7
-          ascending: true
-          operations-per-run: 300
-
-          # Ignore all assigned
-          exempt-all-assignees: false
-
-          # Issues
-          stale-issue-label: 'stale'
-          exempt-issue-labels: 'blocked,must,should,keep,created-by: Payload team,created-by: Contributor'
-          stale-issue-message: >
-            This issue has been marked as stale due to lack of activity. To keep the ticket open, please indicate that it is still relevant in a comment below.
-          close-issue-message: >
-            This issue was automatically closed due to lack of activity.
-
-          # Pull Requests
-          stale-pr-label: 'stale'
-          exempt-pr-labels: 'blocked,must,should,keep,created-by: Payload team,created-by: Contributor'
-          stale-pr-message: >
-            This PR is stale due to lack of activity. To keep the PR open, please indicate that it is still relevant in a comment below.
-          close-pr-message: >
-            This pull request was automatically closed due to lack of activity.
-
-      - name: Print outputs
-        run: echo ${{ format('{0},{1}', toJSON(steps.stale.outputs.staled-issues-prs), toJSON(steps.stale.outputs.closed-issues-prs)) }}

.github/workflows/triage.yml

@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-name: triage
-
-on:
-  pull_request_target:
-    types:
-      - opened
-  issues:
-    types:
-      - opened
-
-env:
-  GITHUB_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
-
-permissions:
-  contents: read
-  issues: write
-  pull-requests: write
-
-jobs:
-  debug-context:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    steps:
-      - name: View context attributes
-        uses: actions/github-script@v7
-        with:
-          script: console.log({ context })
-
-  label-created-by:
-    name: label-on-open
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    steps:
-      - name: Tag with 'created-by'
-        uses: actions/github-script@v7
-        with:
-          github-token: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
-          script: |
-            const payloadTeamUsernames = [
-              'denolfe',
-              'jmikrut',
-              'DanRibbens',
-              'jacobsfletch',
-              'JarrodMFlesch',
-              'AlessioGr',
-              'JessChowdhury',
-              'kendelljoseph',
-              'PatrikKozak',
-              'tylandavis',
-              'paulpopus',
-              'r1tsuu',
-              'GermanJablo',
-            ];
-
-            const type = context.payload.pull_request ? 'pull_request' : 'issue';
-
-            const isTeamMember = payloadTeamUsernames
-              .map(n => n.toLowerCase())
-              .includes(context.payload[type].user.login.toLowerCase());
-
-            if (isTeamMember) {
-              github.rest.issues.addLabels({
-                issue_number: context.issue.number,
-                owner: context.repo.owner,
-                repo: context.repo.repo,
-                labels: ['created-by: Payload team'],
-              });
-              console.log(`Added 'created-by: Payload team' label`);
-              return;
-            }
-
-            const association = context.payload[type].author_association;
-            let label = ''
-            if (association === 'MEMBER' || association === 'OWNER') {
-              label = 'created-by: Payload team';
-            } else if (association === 'CONTRIBUTOR') {
-              label = 'created-by: Contributor';
-            }
-
-            if (!label) return;
-
-            github.rest.issues.addLabels({
-              issue_number: context.issue.number,
-              owner: context.repo.owner,
-              repo: context.repo.repo,
-              labels: [label],
-            });
-            console.log(`Added '${label}' label.`);
-
-  triage:
-    name: initial-triage
-    if: github.event_name == 'issues'
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v4
-        with:
-          ref: ${{ github.event.pull_request.base.ref }}
-          token: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
-      - uses: ./.github/actions/triage
-        with:
-          reproduction-comment: '.github/comments/invalid-reproduction.md'
-          reproduction-link-section: '### Link to the code that reproduces this issue(.*)### Reproduction Steps'
-          reproduction-issue-labels: 'validate-reproduction'
-          actions-to-perform: 'tag,comment'

.gitignore

@@ -1,36 +1,10 @@
 coverage
 package-lock.json
 dist
-/.idea/*
-!/.idea/runConfigurations
-!/.idea/payload.iml
-
-# Custom actions
-!.github/actions/**/dist
-
-test/packed
+.idea
 test-results
 .devcontainer
-.localstack
 /migrations
-.localstack
-.turbo
-
-meta_client.json
-meta_server.json
-meta_index.json
-meta_shared.json
-
-.turbo
-
-# Ignore test directory media folder/files
-/media
-test/media
-*payloadtests.db
-*payloadtests.db-journal
-*payloadtests.db-shm
-*payloadtests.db-wal
-/versions
 
 # Created by https://www.toptal.com/developers/gitignore/api/node,macos,windows,webstorm,sublimetext,visualstudiocode
 # Edit at https://www.toptal.com/developers/gitignore?templates=node,macos,windows,webstorm,sublimetext,visualstudiocode
@@ -157,7 +131,6 @@ out
 # Nuxt.js build / generate output
 .nuxt
 dist
-dist_optimized
 
 # Gatsby files
 .cache/
@@ -257,24 +230,119 @@ GitHub.sublime-settings
 .history
 .ionide
 
+### WebStorm ###
+# Covers JetBrains IDEs: IntelliJ, RubyMine, PhpStorm, AppCode, PyCharm, CLion, Android Studio, WebStorm and Rider
+# Reference: https://intellij-support.jetbrains.com/hc/en-us/articles/206544839
+
+# User-specific stuff
+.idea/**/workspace.xml
+.idea/**/tasks.xml
+.idea/**/usage.statistics.xml
+.idea/**/dictionaries
+.idea/**/shelf
+
+# AWS User-specific
+.idea/**/aws.xml
+
+# Generated files
+.idea/**/contentModel.xml
+
+# Sensitive or high-churn files
+.idea/**/dataSources/
+.idea/**/dataSources.ids
+.idea/**/dataSources.local.xml
+.idea/**/sqlDataSources.xml
+.idea/**/dynamic.xml
+.idea/**/uiDesigner.xml
+.idea/**/dbnavigator.xml
+
+# Gradle
+.idea/**/gradle.xml
+.idea/**/libraries
+
+# Gradle and Maven with auto-import
+# When using Gradle or Maven with auto-import, you should exclude module files,
+# since they will be recreated, and may cause churn.  Uncomment if using
+# auto-import.
+# .idea/artifacts
+# .idea/compiler.xml
+# .idea/jarRepositories.xml
+# .idea/modules.xml
+# .idea/*.iml
+# .idea/modules
+# *.iml
+# *.ipr
+
 # CMake
 cmake-build-*/
 
+# Mongo Explorer plugin
+.idea/**/mongoSettings.xml
+
 # File-based project format
 *.iws
 
 # IntelliJ
 out/
 
+# mpeltonen/sbt-idea plugin
+.idea_modules/
+
 # JIRA plugin
 atlassian-ide-plugin.xml
 
+# Cursive Clojure plugin
+.idea/replstate.xml
+
+# SonarLint plugin
+.idea/sonarlint/
+
 # Crashlytics plugin (for Android Studio and IntelliJ)
 com_crashlytics_export_strings.xml
 crashlytics.properties
 crashlytics-build.properties
 fabric.properties
 
+# Editor-based Rest Client
+.idea/httpRequests
+
+# Android studio 3.1+ serialized cache file
+.idea/caches/build_file_checksums.ser
+
+### WebStorm Patch ###
+# Comment Reason: https://github.com/joeblau/gitignore.io/issues/186#issuecomment-215987721
+
+# *.iml
+# modules.xml
+# .idea/misc.xml
+# *.ipr
+
+# Sonarlint plugin
+# https://plugins.jetbrains.com/plugin/7973-sonarlint
+.idea/**/sonarlint/
+
+# SonarQube Plugin
+# https://plugins.jetbrains.com/plugin/7238-sonarqube-community-plugin
+.idea/**/sonarIssues.xml
+
+# Markdown Navigator plugin
+# https://plugins.jetbrains.com/plugin/7896-markdown-navigator-enhanced
+.idea/**/markdown-navigator.xml
+.idea/**/markdown-navigator-enh.xml
+.idea/**/markdown-navigator/
+
+# Cache file creation bug
+# See https://youtrack.jetbrains.com/issue/JBR-2257
+.idea/$CACHE_FILE$
+
+# CodeStream plugin
+# https://plugins.jetbrains.com/plugin/12206-codestream
+.idea/codestream.xml
+
+# Azure Toolkit for IntelliJ plugin
+# https://plugins.jetbrains.com/plugin/8053-azure-toolkit-for-intellij
+.idea/**/azureSettings.xml
+
 ### Windows ###
 # Windows thumbnail cache files
 Thumbs.db
@@ -303,17 +371,4 @@ $RECYCLE.BIN/
 
 # End of https://www.toptal.com/developers/gitignore/api/node,macos,windows,webstorm,sublimetext,visualstudiocode
 
-/build
-.swc
-app/(payload)/admin/importMap.js
-test/live-preview/app/(payload)/admin/importMap.js
-/test/live-preview/app/(payload)/admin/importMap.js
-test/admin-root/app/(payload)/admin/importMap.js
-/test/admin-root/app/(payload)/admin/importMap.js
-test/app/(payload)/admin/importMap.js
-/test/app/(payload)/admin/importMap.js
-test/pnpm-lock.yaml
-test/databaseAdapter.js
-/filename-compound-index
-/media-with-relation-preview
-/media-without-relation-preview
+/build

.husky/pre-commit

@@ -1 +1,4 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env sh
+. "$(dirname -- "$0")/_/husky.sh"
+
 pnpm run lint-staged --quiet

.idea/payload.iml

@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<module type="WEB_MODULE" version="4">
-  <component name="NewModuleRootManager">
-    <content url="file://$MODULE_DIR$">
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/.tmp" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/temp" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/tmp" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/payload/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/payload/components" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/payload/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/.swc" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/examples" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/media" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/create-payload-app/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/create-payload-app/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/db-mongodb/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/db-mongodb/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/db-postgres/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/db-postgres/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/graphql/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/graphql/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/live-preview-react/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/live-preview-react/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/live-preview/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/live-preview/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/next/.swc" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/next/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/next/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/payload/fields" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-cloud-storage/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-cloud-storage/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-cloud/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-cloud/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-form-builder/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-nested-docs/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-nested-docs/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-redirects/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-redirects/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-search/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-search/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-sentry/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-seo/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-seo/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-stripe/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/richtext-lexical/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/richtext-lexical/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/templates" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/test/.swc" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/versions" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/richtext-slate/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/richtext-slate/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/email-nodemailer/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/email-nodemailer/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/email-resend/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/email-resend/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/live-preview-vue/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/live-preview-vue/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/payload/.swc" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-form-builder/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-relationship-object-ids/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-relationship-object-ids/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/plugin-stripe/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-azure/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-azure/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-gcs/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-gcs/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-s3/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-s3/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-uploadthing/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-uploadthing/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-vercel-blob/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/storage-vercel-blob/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/translations/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/translations/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/ui/.swc" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/ui/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/ui/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/drizzle/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/drizzle/dist" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/db-sqlite/.turbo" />
-      <excludeFolder url="file://$MODULE_DIR$/packages/db-sqlite/dist" />
-    </content>
-    <orderEntry type="inheritedJdk" />
-    <orderEntry type="sourceFolder" forTests="false" />
-  </component>
-</module>

.idea/runConfigurations/Run_Dev_Fields.xml

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-<component name="ProjectRunConfigurationManager">
-  <configuration default="false" name="Run Dev Fields" type="js.build_tools.npm">
-    <package-json value="$PROJECT_DIR$/package.json" />
-    <command value="run" />
-    <scripts>
-      <script value="dev" />
-    </scripts>
-    <arguments value="fields" />
-    <node-interpreter value="project" />
-    <envs />
-    <method v="2" />
-  </configuration>
-</component>

.idea/runConfigurations/Run_Dev__community.xml

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-<component name="ProjectRunConfigurationManager">
-  <configuration default="false" name="Run Dev _community" type="js.build_tools.npm">
-    <package-json value="$PROJECT_DIR$/package.json" />
-    <command value="run" />
-    <scripts>
-      <script value="dev" />
-    </scripts>
-    <arguments value="_community" />
-    <node-interpreter value="project" />
-    <envs />
-    <method v="2" />
-  </configuration>
-</component>

.idea/runConfigurations/Run_Dev_admin.xml

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-<component name="ProjectRunConfigurationManager">
-  <configuration default="false" name="Run Dev admin" type="js.build_tools.npm">
-    <package-json value="$PROJECT_DIR$/package.json" />
-    <command value="run" />
-    <scripts>
-      <script value="dev" />
-    </scripts>
-    <arguments value="admin" />
-    <node-interpreter value="project" />
-    <envs />
-    <method v="2" />
-  </configuration>
-</component>

.idea/runConfigurations/_template__of_JavaScriptTestRunnerJest.xml

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-<component name="ProjectRunConfigurationManager">
-  <configuration default="true" type="JavaScriptTestRunnerJest">
-    <node-interpreter value="project" />
-    <node-options value="--no-deprecation" />
-    <envs />
-    <scope-kind value="ALL" />
-    <method v="2" />
-  </configuration>
-</component>

.node-version

@@ -1 +1 @@
-v22.6.0
+v18.17.1

.npmrc

@@ -1,3 +1,2 @@
 symlink=true
-node-linker=isolated
-hoist-workspace-packages=false # the default in pnpm v9 is true, but that can break our runtime dependency checks
+node-linker=isolated # due to a typescript bug, isolated mode requires @types/express-serve-static-core, terser and monaco-editor to be installed https://github.com/microsoft/TypeScript/issues/47663#issuecomment-1519138189 along with two other changes in the code which I've marked with (tsbugisolatedmode) in the code

.nvmrc

@@ -1 +1 @@
-v22.6.0
+v18.17.1

.prettierignore

@@ -9,8 +9,3 @@
 **/node_modules
 **/temp
 **/docs/**
-tsconfig.json
-packages/payload/*.js
-packages/payload/*.d.ts
-payload-types.ts
-tsconfig.tsbuildinfo

.release-it.json

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+{
+  "verbose": true,
+  "git": {
+    "commitMessage": "chore(release): v${version}",
+    "requireCleanWorkingDir": true
+  },
+  "github": {
+    "release": true
+  },
+  "npm": {
+    "skipChecks": true
+  },
+  "hooks": {
+    "before:init": ["pnpm i", "pnpm clean", "pnpm test"]
+  },
+  "plugins": {
+    "@release-it/conventional-changelog": {
+      "preset": "angular",
+      "infile": "CHANGELOG.md"
+    }
+  }
+}

.release-it.pre.json

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+{
+  "verbose": true,
+  "git": {
+    "requireCleanWorkingDir": false,
+    "commit": false,
+    "push": false,
+    "tag": false
+  },
+  "github": {
+    "release": true
+  },
+  "npm": {
+    "skipChecks": true,
+    "tag": "canary"
+  },
+  "hooks": {
+    "before:init": ["pnpm i", "pnpm clean", "pnpm test"]
+  },
+  "plugins": {
+    "@release-it/conventional-changelog": {
+      "preset": "angular",
+      "infile": "CHANGELOG.md"
+    }
+  }
+}

.swcrc

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-{
-  "$schema": "https://json.schemastore.org/swcrc",
-  "sourceMaps": "inline",
-  "jsc": {
-    "target": "esnext",
-    "parser": {
-      "syntax": "typescript",
-      "tsx": true,
-      "dts": true
-    },
-    "transform": {
-      "react": {
-        "runtime": "automatic",
-        "pragmaFrag": "React.Fragment",
-        "throwIfNamespace": true,
-        "development": false,
-        "useBuiltins": true
-      }
-    }
-  },
-  "module": {
-    "type": "es6"
-  }
-}

.tool-versions

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-pnpm 9.7.1
-nodejs 22.6.0

.vscode/extensions.json

@@ -1,8 +1,3 @@
 {
-  "recommendations": [
-    "dbaeumer.vscode-eslint",
-    "esbenp.prettier-vscode",
-    "firsttris.vscode-jest-runner",
-    "ms-playwright.playwright"
-  ]
+  "recommendations": ["esbenp.prettier-vscode", "dbaeumer.vscode-eslint"]
 }

.vscode/launch.json

@@ -3,155 +3,42 @@
   // Hover to view descriptions of existing attributes.
   "configurations": [
     {
-      "command": "pnpm generate:types",
-      "name": "Generate Types CLI",
-      "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal",
-      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}"
-    },
-    {
-      "command": "pnpm tsx --no-deprecation test/dev.ts _community",
+      "command": "pnpm run dev _community",
       "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
       "name": "Run Dev Community",
       "request": "launch",
       "type": "node-terminal"
     },
     {
-      "command": "pnpm tsx --no-deprecation test/dev.ts storage-uploadthing",
-      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
-      "name": "Uploadthing",
-      "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal",
-      "envFile": "${workspaceFolder}/test/storage-uploadthing/.env"
-    },
-    {
-      "command": "pnpm tsx --no-deprecation test/dev.ts live-preview",
-      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
-      "name": "Run Dev Live Preview",
-      "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal"
-    },
-    {
-      "command": "node --no-deprecation test/loader/init.js",
-      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
-      "name": "Run Loader",
-      "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal",
-      "env": {
-        "LOADER_TEST_FILE_PATH": "./dependency-test.js"
-        // "LOADER_TEST_FILE_PATH": "../fields/config.ts"
-      }
-    },
-    {
-      "command": "pnpm tsx --no-deprecation test/dev.ts admin",
-      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
-      "name": "Run Dev Admin",
-      "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal"
-    },
-    {
-      "command": "pnpm tsx --no-deprecation test/dev.ts auth",
-      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
-      "name": "Run Dev Auth",
-      "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal"
-    },
-    {
-      "command": "pnpm tsx --no-deprecation test/dev.ts fields-relationship",
-      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
-      "name": "Run Dev Fields-Relationship",
-      "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal"
-    },
-    {
-      "command": "pnpm tsx --no-deprecation test/dev.ts login-with-username",
-      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
-      "name": "Run Dev Login-With-Username",
-      "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal"
-    },
-    {
-      "command": "pnpm run dev plugin-cloud-storage",
-      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
-      "name": "Run Dev - plugin-cloud-storage",
-      "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal",
-      "env": {
-        "PAYLOAD_PUBLIC_CLOUD_STORAGE_ADAPTER": "s3"
-      }
-    },
-    {
-      "command": "pnpm tsx --no-deprecation test/dev.ts collections-graphql",
-      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
-      "name": "Run Dev GraphQL",
-      "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal"
-    },
-    {
-      "command": "pnpm tsx --no-deprecation test/dev.ts fields",
+      "command": "pnpm run dev fields",
       "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
       "name": "Run Dev Fields",
       "request": "launch",
       "type": "node-terminal"
     },
     {
-      "command": "pnpm tsx --no-deprecation test/dev.ts versions",
+      "command": "pnpm run dev:postgres fields",
       "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
       "name": "Run Dev Postgres",
       "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal",
-      "env": {
-        "PAYLOAD_DATABASE": "postgres"
-      }
+      "type": "node-terminal"
     },
     {
-      "command": "pnpm tsx --no-deprecation test/dev.ts versions",
+      "command": "pnpm run dev versions",
       "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
       "name": "Run Dev Versions",
       "request": "launch",
       "type": "node-terminal"
     },
     {
-      "command": "pnpm tsx --no-deprecation test/dev.ts localization",
+      "command": "PAYLOAD_BUNDLER=vite pnpm run dev fields",
       "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
-      "name": "Run Dev Localization",
+      "name": "Run Dev Fields (Vite)",
       "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal"
-    },
-    {
-      "command": "pnpm tsx --no-deprecation test/dev.ts locked-documents",
-      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
-      "name": "Run Dev Locked Documents",
-      "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal"
-    },
-    {
-      "command": "pnpm tsx --no-deprecation test/dev.ts uploads",
-      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
-      "name": "Run Dev Uploads",
-      "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal"
-    },
-    {
-      "command": "pnpm tsx --no-deprecation test/dev.ts field-error-states",
-      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
-      "name": "Run Dev Field Error States",
-      "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal"
-    },
-    {
-      "command": "pnpm run test:int live-preview",
-      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
-      "name": "Live Preview Int Tests",
-      "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal"
-    },
-    {
-      "command": "pnpm run test:int plugin-search",
-      "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
-      "name": "Search Plugin Int Tests",
-      "request": "launch",
-      "type": "node-terminal"
+      "type": "node-terminal",
+      "env": {
+        "NODE_ENV": "production"
+      }
     },
     {
       "command": "ts-node ./packages/payload/src/bin/index.ts build",
@@ -177,6 +64,17 @@
       "request": "launch",
       "type": "node-terminal"
     },
+    {
+      "command": "ts-node ./packages/payload/src/bin/index.ts generate:types",
+      "env": {
+        "PAYLOAD_CONFIG_PATH": "test/_community/config.ts",
+        "DISABLE_SWC": "true" // SWC messes up debugging the bin scripts
+      },
+      "name": "Generate Types CLI",
+      "outputCapture": "std",
+      "request": "launch",
+      "type": "node-terminal"
+    },
     {
       "command": "ts-node ./packages/payload/src/bin/index.ts migrate:status",
       "env": {

.vscode/settings.json

@@ -5,21 +5,21 @@
     "editor.defaultFormatter": "esbenp.prettier-vscode",
     "editor.formatOnSave": true,
     "editor.codeActionsOnSave": {
-      "source.fixAll.eslint": "explicit"
+      "source.fixAll.eslint": true
     }
   },
   "[typescriptreact]": {
     "editor.defaultFormatter": "esbenp.prettier-vscode",
     "editor.formatOnSave": true,
     "editor.codeActionsOnSave": {
-      "source.fixAll.eslint": "explicit"
+      "source.fixAll.eslint": true
     }
   },
   "[javascript]": {
     "editor.defaultFormatter": "esbenp.prettier-vscode",
     "editor.formatOnSave": true,
     "editor.codeActionsOnSave": {
-      "source.fixAll.eslint": "explicit"
+      "source.fixAll.eslint": true
     }
   },
   "[json]": {
@@ -31,26 +31,9 @@
     "editor.formatOnSave": true
   },
   "editor.formatOnSaveMode": "file",
-  "eslint.rules.customizations": [
-    // Defaultt all ESLint errors to 'warn' to differentate from TypeScript's 'error' level
-    { "rule": "*", "severity": "warn" },
-
-    // Silence some warnings that will get auto-fixed
-    { "rule": "perfectionist/*", "severity": "off", "fixable": true },
-    { "rule": "curly", "severity": "off", "fixable": true },
-    { "rule": "object-shorthand", "severity": "off", "fixable": true }
-  ],
+  // All ESLint rules to 'warn' to differentate from TypeScript's 'error' level
+  "eslint.rules.customizations": [{ "rule": "*", "severity": "warn" }],
   "typescript.tsdk": "node_modules/typescript/lib",
   // Load .git-blame-ignore-revs file
-  "gitlens.advanced.blame.customArguments": ["--ignore-revs-file", ".git-blame-ignore-revs"],
-  "[javascript][typescript][typescriptreact]": {
-    "editor.codeActionsOnSave": {
-      "source.fixAll.eslint": "explicit"
-    }
-  },
-  "files.insertFinalNewline": true,
-  "jestrunner.jestCommand": "pnpm exec cross-env NODE_OPTIONS=\"--no-deprecation\" node 'node_modules/jest/bin/jest.js'",
-  "jestrunner.debugOptions": {
-    "runtimeArgs": ["--no-deprecation"]
-  }
+  "gitlens.advanced.blame.customArguments": ["--ignore-revs-file", ".git-blame-ignore-revs"]
 }

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ If you find a vulnerability within the core Payload repository, and we determine
 
 ## Documentation edits
 
-Payload documentation can be found directly within its codebase, and you can feel free to make changes / improvements to any of it through opening a PR. We utilize these files directly in our website and will periodically deploy documentation updates as necessary.
+Payload documentation can be found directly within its codebase and you can feel free to make changes / improvements to any of it through opening a PR. We utilize these files directly in our website and will periodically deploy documentation updates as necessary.
 
 ## Building additional features
 
@@ -30,17 +30,9 @@ Our design review ensures that proposed changes fit seamlessly with other compon
 
 To help us work on new features, you can create a new feature request post in [GitHub Discussion](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions) or discuss it in our [Discord](https://discord.com/invite/payload). New functionality often has large implications across the entire Payload repo, so it is best to discuss the architecture and approach before starting work on a pull request.
 
-### Installation & Requirements
-
-Payload is structured as a Monorepo, encompassing not only the core Payload platform but also various plugins and packages. To install all required dependencies, you have to run `pnpm install` once in the root directory. **PNPM IS REQUIRED!** Yarn or npm will not work - you will have to use pnpm to develop in the core repository. In most systems, the easiest way to install pnpm is to run `corepack enable` in your terminal.
-
-If you're coming from a very outdated version of payload, it is recommended to nuke the node_modules folder before running pnpm install. On UNIX systems, you can easily do that using the `pnpm clean:unix` command, which will delete all node_modules folders and build artefacts.
-
-It is also recommended to use at least Node v18 or higher. You can check your current node version by typing `node --version` in your terminal. The easiest way to switch between different node versions is to use [nvm](https://github.com/nvm-sh/nvm#intro).
-
 ### Code
 
-Most new functionality should keep testing in mind. All top-level directories within the `test/` directory are for testing a specific category: `fields`, `collections`, etc.
+Most new functionality should keep testing in mind. With 1.0, testability of new features has been vastly improved. All top-level directories within the `test/` directory are for testing a specific category: `fields`, `collections`, etc.
 
 If it makes sense to add your feature to an existing test directory, please do so.
 
@@ -57,35 +49,21 @@ A typical directory with `test/` will be structured like this:
 - `config.ts` - This is the _granular_ Payload config for testing. It should be as lightweight as possible. Reference existing configs for an example
 - `int.spec.ts` - This is the test file run by jest. Any test file must have a `*int.spec.ts` suffix.
 - `e2e.spec.ts` - This is the end-to-end test file that will load up the admin UI using the above config and run Playwright tests. These tests are typically only needed if a large change is being made to the Admin UI.
-- `payload-types.ts` - Generated types from `config.ts`. Generate this file by running `pnpm dev:generate-types my-test-dir`. Replace `my-test-dir` with the name of your testing directory.
+- `payload-types.ts` - Generated types from `config.ts`. Generate this file by running `pnpm dev:generate-types my-test-dir`.
 
-Each test directory is split up in this way specifically to reduce friction when creating tests and to add the ability to boot up Payload with that specific config.
+The directory split up in this way specifically to reduce friction when creating tests and to add the ability to boot up Payload with that specific config.
 
-The following command will start Payload with your config: `pnpm dev my-test-dir`. Example: `pnpm dev fields` for the test/`fields` test suite. This command will start up Payload using your config and refresh a test database on every restart. If you're using VS Code, the most common run configs are automatically added to your editor - you should be able to find them in your VS Code launch tab.
+The following command will start Payload with your config: `pnpm dev my-test-dir`. This command will start up Payload using your config and refresh a test database on every restart.
 
-By default, payload will [automatically log you in](https://payloadcms.com/docs/authentication/overview#admin-autologin) with the default credentials. To disable that, you can either pass in the --no-auto-login flag (example: `pnpm dev my-test-dir --no-auto-login`) or set the `PAYLOAD_PUBLIC_DISABLE_AUTO_LOGIN` environment variable to `false`.
+By default, it will automatically log you in with the default credentials. To disable that, you can either pass in the --no-auto-login flag (example: `pnpm dev my-test-dir --no-auto-login`) or set the `PAYLOAD_PUBLIC_DISABLE_AUTO_LOGIN` environment variable to `false`.
 
-The default credentials are `dev@payloadcms.com` as E-Mail and `test` as password. These are used in the auto-login.
-
-### Testing with your own MongoDB database
-
-If you wish to use your own MongoDB database for the `test` directory instead of using the in memory database, all you need to do is add the following env vars to the `test/dev.ts` file:
+If you wish to use to your own Mongo database for the `test` directory instead of using the in memory database, all you need to do is add the following env vars to the `test/dev.ts` file:
 
 - `process.env.NODE_ENV`
 - `process.env.PAYLOAD_TEST_MONGO_URL`
-- Simply set `process.env.NODE_ENV` to `test` and set `process.env.PAYLOAD_TEST_MONGO_URL` to your MongoDB URL e.g. `mongodb://127.0.0.1/your-test-db`.
+- Simply set `process.env.NODE_ENV` to `test` and set `process.env.PAYLOAD_TEST_MONGO_URL` to your mongo url e.g. `mongodb://127.0.0.1/your-test-db`.
 
-### Using Postgres
-
-If you have postgres installed on your system, you can also run the test suites using postgres. By default, mongodb is used.
-
-To do that, simply set the `PAYLOAD_DATABASE` environment variable to `postgres`.
-
-### Running the e2e and int tests
-
-You can run the entire test suite using `pnpm test`. If you wish to only run e2e tests, you can use `pnpm test:e2e`. If you wish to only run int tests, you can use `pnpm test:int`.
-
-By default, `pnpm test:int` will only run int test against MongoDB. To run int tests against postgres, you can use `pnpm test:int:postgres`. You will have to have postgres installed on your system for this to work.
+NOTE: It is recommended to add the test credentials (located in `test/credentials.ts`) to your autofill for `localhost:3000/admin` as this will be required on every nodemon restart. The default credentials are `dev@payloadcms.com` as E-Mail and `test` as password.
 
 ### Commits
 
@@ -111,30 +89,3 @@ If you are committing to [templates](./templates) or [examples](./examples), use
 ## Pull Requests
 
 For all Pull Requests, you should be extremely descriptive about both your problem and proposed solution. If there are any affected open or closed issues, please leave the issue number in your PR message.
-
-## Previewing docs
-
-This is how you can preview changes you made locally to the docs:
-
-1. Clone our [website repository](https://github.com/payloadcms/website)
-2. Run `yarn install`
-3. Duplicate the `.env.example` file and rename it to `.env`
-4. Add a `DOCS_DIR` environment variable to the `.env` file which points to the absolute path of your modified docs folder. For example `DOCS_DIR=/Users/yourname/Documents/GitHub/payload/docs`
-5. Run `yarn run fetchDocs:local`. If this was successful, you should see no error messages and the following output: _Docs successfully written to /.../website/src/app/docs.json_. There could be error messages if you have incorrect markdown in your local docs folder. In this case, it will tell you how you can fix it
-6. You're done! Now you can start the website locally using `yarn run dev` and preview the docs under [http://localhost:3000/docs/](http://localhost:3000/docs/)
-
-## Internationalization (i18n)
-
-If your PR adds a string to the UI, we need to make sure to translate it into all the languages ​​that Payload supports. To do that:
-
-- Find the appropriate internationalization file for your package. These are typically located in `packages/translations/src/languages`, although some packages (e.g., richtext-lexical) have separate i18n files for each feature.
-- Add the string to the English locale "en".
-- Translate it to other languages. You can use the `translateNewKeys` script if you have an OpenAI API key in your `.env` (under `OPENAI_KEY`), or you can use ChatGPT or Google translate - whatever is easier for you. For payload core translations (in packages/translations) you can run the `translateNewKeys` script using `cd packages/translations && pnpm translateNewKeys`. For lexical translations, you can run it using `cd packages/richtext-lexical && pnpm translateNewKeys`. External contributors can skip this step and leave it to us.
-
-To display translation strings in the UI, make sure to use the `t` utility of the `useTranslation` hook:
-
-```ts
-const { t } = useTranslation()
-// ...
-t('yourStringKey')
-```

ISSUE_GUIDE.md

@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ There are a couple ways to do this:
 
 - **Granularly** - you can run individual tests in vscode by installing the Jest Runner plugin and using that to run individual tests. Clicking the `debug` button will run the test in debug mode allowing you to set break points.
 
-  <img src="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/payloadcms/payload/main/packages/payload/src/assets/images/github/int-debug.png" />
+  <img src="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/payloadcms/payload/main/src/admin/assets/images/github/int-debug.png" />
 
 - **Manually** - you can run all int tests in the `/test/_community/int.spec.ts` file by running the following command:
 
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ The easiest way to run E2E tests is to install
 
 Once they are installed you can open the `testing` tab in vscode sidebar and drill down to the test you want to run, i.e. `/test/_community/e2e.spec.ts`
 
-<img src="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/payloadcms/payload/main/packages/payload/src/assets/images/github/e2e-debug.png" />
+<img src="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/payloadcms/payload/main/src/admin/assets/images/github/e2e-debug.png" />
 
 #### Notes
 

README.md

@@ -1,60 +1,71 @@
-<a href="https://payloadcms.com"><img width="100%" src="https://l4wlsi8vxy8hre4v.public.blob.vercel-storage.com/github-banner-new-logo.jpg" alt="Payload headless CMS Admin panel built with React" /></a>
+<a href="https://payloadcms.com">
+  <img width="100%" src="https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/payload/src/admin/assets/images/github-banner-alt.jpg?raw=true" alt="Payload headless CMS Admin panel built with React" />
+</a>
 <br />
 <br />
-
 <p align="left">
-  <a href="https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/actions"><img alt="GitHub Workflow Status" src="https://img.shields.io/github/actions/workflow/status/payloadcms/payload/main.yml?style=flat-square"></a>
+  <a href="https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/actions">
+    <img alt="GitHub Workflow Status" src="https://img.shields.io/github/actions/workflow/status/payloadcms/payload/main.yml?style=flat-square">
+  </a>
   &nbsp;
-  <a href="https://discord.gg/payload"><img alt="Discord" src="https://img.shields.io/discord/967097582721572934?label=Discord&color=7289da&style=flat-square" /></a>
+  <a href="https://discord.gg/payload">
+    <img alt="Discord" src="https://img.shields.io/discord/967097582721572934?label=Discord&color=7289da&style=flat-square" />
+  </a>
   &nbsp;
-  <a href="https://www.npmjs.com/package/payload"><img alt="npm" src="https://img.shields.io/npm/dw/payload?style=flat-square" /></a>
+  <a href="https://www.npmjs.com/package/payload">
+    <img alt="npm" src="https://img.shields.io/npm/v/payload?style=flat-square" />
+  </a>
   &nbsp;
-  <a href="https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/graphs/contributors"><img alt="npm" src="https://img.shields.io/github/contributors-anon/payloadcms/payload?color=yellow&style=flat-square" /></a>
-  &nbsp;
-  <a href="https://www.npmjs.com/package/payload"><img alt="npm" src="https://img.shields.io/npm/v/payload?style=flat-square" /></a>
-  &nbsp;
-  <a href="https://twitter.com/payloadcms"><img src="https://img.shields.io/badge/follow-payloadcms-1DA1F2?logo=twitter&style=flat-square" alt="Payload Twitter" /></a>
+  <a href="https://twitter.com/payloadcms">
+    <img src="https://img.shields.io/badge/follow-payloadcms-1DA1F2?logo=twitter&style=flat-square" alt="Payload Twitter" />
+  </a>
 </p>
 <hr/>
 <h4>
-<a target="_blank" href="https://payloadcms.com/docs/getting-started/what-is-payload" rel="dofollow"><strong>Explore the Docs</strong></a>&nbsp;·&nbsp;<a target="_blank" href="https://payloadcms.com/community-help" rel="dofollow"><strong>Community Help</strong></a>&nbsp;·&nbsp;<a target="_blank" href="https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/1539" rel="dofollow"><strong>Roadmap</strong></a>&nbsp;·&nbsp;<a target="_blank" href="https://www.g2.com/products/payload-cms/reviews#reviews" rel="dofollow"><strong>View G2 Reviews</strong></a>
+<a target="_blank" href="https://payloadcms.com/docs/getting-started/what-is-payload" rel="dofollow"><strong>Explore the Docs</strong></a>&nbsp;·&nbsp;<a target="_blank" href="https://payloadcms.com/community-help" rel="dofollow"><strong>Community Help</strong></a>&nbsp;·&nbsp;<a target="_blank" href="https://demo.payloadcms.com/" rel="dofollow"><strong>Try Live Demo</strong></a>&nbsp;·&nbsp;<a target="_blank" href="https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/discussions/1539" rel="dofollow"><strong>Roadmap</strong></a>&nbsp;·&nbsp;<a target="_blank" href="https://www.g2.com/products/payload-cms/reviews#reviews" rel="dofollow"><strong>View G2 Reviews</strong></a>
 </h4>
 <hr/>
 
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> 🎉 <strong>We've released 3.0!</strong> Star this repo or keep an eye on it to follow along.
-
-Payload is the first-ever Next.js native CMS that can install directly in your existing `/app` folder. It's the start of a new era for headless CMS.
+### 🎉 Payload 2.0 is now available! Read more in the [announcement post](https://payloadcms.com/blog/payload-2-0).
 
 <h3>Benefits over a regular CMS</h3>
 <ul>
-  <li>Deploy anywhere, including serverless on Vercel for free</li>
-  <li>Combine your front+backend in the same <code>/app</code> folder if you want</li>
-  <li>Don't sign up for yet another SaaS - Payload is open source</li>
-  <li>Query your database in React Server Components</li>
-  <li>Both admin and backend are 100% extensible</li>
+  <li>Don’t hit some third-party SaaS API, hit your own API</li>
+  <li>Use your own database and own your data</li>
+  <li>It's just Express - do what you want outside of Payload</li>
+  <li>No need to learn how Payload works - if you know JS, you know Payload</li>
   <li>No vendor lock-in</li>
+  <li>Avoid microservices hell - get everything (even auth) in one place</li>
   <li>Never touch ancient WP code again</li>
   <li>Build faster, never hit a roadblock</li>
+  <li>Both admin and backend are 100% extensible</li>
 </ul>
 
-## Quickstart
+## ☁️ Deploy instantly with Payload Cloud.
+
+Create a cloud account, connect your GitHub, and [deploy in minutes](https://payloadcms.com/new).
+
+## 🚀 Get started by self-hosting completely free, forever.
 
 Before beginning to work with Payload, make sure you have all of the [required software](https://payloadcms.com/docs/getting-started/installation).
 
 ```text
-pnpx create-payload-app@latest
+npx create-payload-app
 ```
 
-**If you're new to Payload, you should start with the website template** (`pnpx create-payload-app@latest -t website`). It shows how to do _everything_ - including custom Rich Text blocks, on-demand revalidation, live preview, and more. It comes with a frontend built with Tailwind all in one `/app` folder.
+Alternatively, it only takes about five minutes to [create an app from scratch](https://payloadcms.com/docs/getting-started/installation#from-scratch).
 
-## One-click templates
+## 🖱️ One-click templates
 
 Jumpstart your next project by starting with a pre-made template. These are production-ready, end-to-end solutions designed to get you to market as fast as possible.
 
+### [🛒 E-Commerce](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates/ecommerce)
+
+Eliminate the need to combine Shopify and a CMS, and instead do it all with Payload + Stripe. Comes with a beautiful, fully functional front-end complete with shopping cart, checkout, orders, and much more.
+
 ### [🌐 Website](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates/website)
 
-Build any kind of website, blog, or portfolio from small to enterprise. Comes with a fully functional front-end built with RSCs and Tailwind.
+Build any kind of website, blog, or portfolio from small to enterprise. Comes with a beautiful, fully functional front-end complete with posts, projects, comments, and much more.
 
 We're constantly adding more templates to our [Templates Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/templates). If you maintain your own template, consider adding the `payload-template` topic to your GitHub repository for others to find.
 
@@ -64,19 +75,20 @@ We're constantly adding more templates to our [Templates Directory](https://gith
 ## ✨ Features
 
 - Completely free and open-source
-- Next.js native, built to run inside _your_ `/app` folder
-- Use server components to extend Payload UI
-- Query your database directly in server components, no need for REST / GraphQL
-- Fully TypeScript with automatic types for your data
-- [Auth out of the box](https://payloadcms.com/docs/authentication/overview)
-- [Versions and drafts](https://payloadcms.com/docs/versions/overview)
-- [Localization](https://payloadcms.com/docs/configuration/localization)
-- [Block-based layout builder](https://payloadcms.com/docs/fields/blocks)
-- [Customizable React admin](https://payloadcms.com/docs/admin/overview)
-- [Lexical rich text editor](https://payloadcms.com/docs/fields/rich-text)
-- [Conditional field logic](https://payloadcms.com/docs/fields/overview#conditional-logic)
+- [GraphQL](https://payloadcms.com/docs/graphql/overview), [REST](https://payloadcms.com/docs/rest-api/overview), and [Local](https://payloadcms.com/docs/local-api/overview) APIs
+- [Easily customizable ReactJS Admin](https://payloadcms.com/docs/admin/overview)
+- [Fully self-hosted](https://payloadcms.com/docs/production/deployment)
+- [Extensible Authentication](https://payloadcms.com/docs/authentication/overview)
+- [Local file storage & upload](https://payloadcms.com/docs/upload/overview)
+- [Version History and Drafts](https://payloadcms.com/docs/versions/overview)
+- [Field-based Localization](https://payloadcms.com/docs/configuration/localization)
+- [Block-based Layout Builder](https://payloadcms.com/docs/fields/blocks)
+- [Extensible SlateJS rich text editor](https://payloadcms.com/docs/fields/rich-text)
+- [Array field type](https://payloadcms.com/docs/fields/array)
+- [Field conditional logic](https://payloadcms.com/docs/fields/overview#conditional-logic)
 - Extremely granular [Access Control](https://payloadcms.com/docs/access-control/overview)
 - [Document and field-level hooks](https://payloadcms.com/docs/hooks/overview) for every action Payload provides
+- Built with Typescript & very Typescript-friendly
 - Intensely fast API
 - Highly secure thanks to HTTP-only cookies, CSRF protection, and more
 
@@ -86,7 +98,7 @@ We're constantly adding more templates to our [Templates Directory](https://gith
 
 Check out the [Payload website](https://payloadcms.com/docs/getting-started/what-is-payload) to find in-depth documentation for everything that Payload offers.
 
-Migrating from v2 to v3? Check out the [3.0 Migration Guide](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/docs/migration-guide/overview.mdx) on how to do it.
+Migrating from v1 to v2? Check out the [2.0 Release Notes](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/releases/tag/v2.0.0) on how to do it.
 
 ## 🙋 Contributing
 
@@ -96,10 +108,6 @@ If you want to add contributions to this repository, please follow the instructi
 
 The [Examples Directory](./examples) is a great resource for learning how to setup Payload in a variety of different ways, but you can also find great examples in our blog and throughout our social media.
 
-If you'd like to run the examples, you can either copy them to a folder outside this repo or run them directly by (1) navigating to the example's subfolder (`cd examples/your-example-folder`) and (2) using the `--ignore-workspace` flag to bypass workspace restrictions (e.g., `pnpm --ignore-workspace install` or `pnpm --ignore-workspace dev`).
-
-You can see more examples at:
-
 - [Examples Directory](./examples)
 - [Payload Blog](https://payloadcms.com/blog)
 - [Payload YouTube](https://www.youtube.com/@payloadcms)

app/(app)/layout.tsx

@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-import React from 'react'
-
-export const metadata = {
-  description: 'Generated by Next.js',
-  title: 'Next.js',
-}
-
-export default function RootLayout({ children }: { children: React.ReactNode }) {
-  return (
-    <html lang="en">
-      <body>{children}</body>
-    </html>
-  )
-}

app/(app)/test/page.tsx

@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-import configPromise from '@payload-config'
-import { getPayloadHMR } from '@payloadcms/next/utilities'
-
-export const Page = async ({ params, searchParams }) => {
-  const payload = await getPayloadHMR({
-    config: configPromise,
-  })
-  return <div>test ${payload?.config?.collections?.length}</div>
-}
-
-export default Page

app/(payload)/admin/[[...segments]]/not-found.tsx

@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-/* THIS FILE WAS GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY BY PAYLOAD. */
-/* DO NOT MODIFY IT BECAUSE IT COULD BE REWRITTEN AT ANY TIME. */
-import type { Metadata } from 'next'
-
-import config from '@payload-config'
-import { generatePageMetadata, NotFoundPage } from '@payloadcms/next/views'
-
-import { importMap } from '../importMap.js'
-
-type Args = {
-  params: Promise<{
-    segments: string[]
-  }>
-  searchParams: Promise<{
-    [key: string]: string | string[]
-  }>
-}
-
-export const generateMetadata = ({ params, searchParams }: Args): Promise<Metadata> =>
-  generatePageMetadata({ config, params, searchParams })
-
-const NotFound = ({ params, searchParams }: Args) =>
-  NotFoundPage({ config, importMap, params, searchParams })
-
-export default NotFound

app/(payload)/admin/[[...segments]]/page.tsx

@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-/* THIS FILE WAS GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY BY PAYLOAD. */
-/* DO NOT MODIFY IT BECAUSE IT COULD BE REWRITTEN AT ANY TIME. */
-import type { Metadata } from 'next'
-
-import config from '@payload-config'
-import { generatePageMetadata, RootPage } from '@payloadcms/next/views'
-
-import { importMap } from '../importMap.js'
-
-type Args = {
-  params: Promise<{
-    segments: string[]
-  }>
-  searchParams: Promise<{
-    [key: string]: string | string[]
-  }>
-}
-
-export const generateMetadata = ({ params, searchParams }: Args): Promise<Metadata> =>
-  generatePageMetadata({ config, params, searchParams })
-
-const Page = ({ params, searchParams }: Args) =>
-  RootPage({ config, importMap, params, searchParams })
-
-export default Page

app/(payload)/api/[...slug]/route.ts

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-/* THIS FILE WAS GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY BY PAYLOAD. */
-/* DO NOT MODIFY IT BECAUSE IT COULD BE REWRITTEN AT ANY TIME. */
-import config from '@payload-config'
-import { REST_DELETE, REST_GET, REST_OPTIONS, REST_PATCH, REST_POST } from '@payloadcms/next/routes'
-
-export const GET = REST_GET(config)
-export const POST = REST_POST(config)
-export const DELETE = REST_DELETE(config)
-export const PATCH = REST_PATCH(config)
-export const OPTIONS = REST_OPTIONS(config)

app/(payload)/api/graphql-playground/route.ts

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-/* THIS FILE WAS GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY BY PAYLOAD. */
-/* DO NOT MODIFY IT BECAUSE IT COULD BE REWRITTEN AT ANY TIME. */
-import config from '@payload-config'
-import { GRAPHQL_PLAYGROUND_GET } from '@payloadcms/next/routes'
-
-export const GET = GRAPHQL_PLAYGROUND_GET(config)

app/(payload)/api/graphql/route.ts

@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-/* THIS FILE WAS GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY BY PAYLOAD. */
-/* DO NOT MODIFY IT BECAUSE IT COULD BE REWRITTEN AT ANY TIME. */
-import config from '@payload-config'
-import { GRAPHQL_POST, REST_OPTIONS } from '@payloadcms/next/routes'
-
-export const POST = GRAPHQL_POST(config)
-
-export const OPTIONS = REST_OPTIONS(config)

app/(payload)/layout.tsx

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-/* THIS FILE WAS GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY BY PAYLOAD. */
-/* DO NOT MODIFY IT BECAUSE IT COULD BE REWRITTEN AT ANY TIME. */
-// import '@payloadcms/ui/styles.css' // Uncomment this line if `@payloadcms/ui` in `tsconfig.json` points to `/ui/dist` instead of `/ui/src`
-import type { ServerFunctionClient } from 'payload'
-
-import config from '@payload-config'
-import { handleServerFunctions, RootLayout } from '@payloadcms/next/layouts'
-import React from 'react'
-
-import { importMap } from './admin/importMap.js'
-import './custom.scss'
-
-type Args = {
-  children: React.ReactNode
-}
-
-const serverFunction: ServerFunctionClient = async function (args) {
-  'use server'
-  return handleServerFunctions({
-    ...args,
-    config,
-    importMap,
-  })
-}
-
-const Layout = ({ children }: Args) => (
-  <RootLayout config={config} importMap={importMap} serverFunction={serverFunction}>
-    {children}
-  </RootLayout>
-)
-
-export default Layout

app/global-error.tsx

@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-/* eslint-disable no-restricted-exports */
-'use client'
-
-import * as Sentry from '@sentry/nextjs'
-import NextError from 'next/error.js'
-import { useEffect } from 'react'
-
-export default function GlobalError({ error }: { error: { digest?: string } & Error }) {
-  useEffect(() => {
-    if (process.env.NEXT_PUBLIC_SENTRY_DSN) {
-      Sentry.captureException(error)
-    }
-  }, [error])
-
-  return (
-    <html lang="en-US">
-      <body>
-        {/* `NextError` is the default Next.js error page component. Its type
-        definition requires a `statusCode` prop. However, since the App Router
-        does not expose status codes for errors, we simply pass 0 to render a
-        generic error message. */}
-        {/* @ts-expect-error types repo */}
-        <NextError statusCode={0} />
-      </body>
-    </html>
-  )
-}

app/my-route/route.ts

@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-export const GET = () => {
-  return Response.json({
-    hello: 'elliot',
-  })
-}

docs/access-control/collections.mdx

@@ -3,143 +3,99 @@ title: Collection Access Control
 label: Collections
 order: 20
 desc: With Collection-level Access Control you can define which users can create, read, update or delete Collections.
-keywords: collections, access control, permissions, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
+keywords: collections, access control, permissions, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
 ---
 
-Collection Access Control is [Access Control](../access-control/overview) used to restrict access to Documents within a [Collection](../getting-started/concepts#collections), as well as what they can and cannot see within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) as it relates to that Collection.
+You can define Collection-level Access Control within each Collection's `access` property. All Access Control functions accept one `args` argument.
 
-To add Access Control to a Collection, use the `access` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
-
-```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload';
-
-export const CollectionWithAccessControl: CollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  access: { // highlight-line
-    // ...
-  },
-}
-```
-
-## Config Options
-
-Access Control is specific to the operation of the request.
-
-To add Access Control to a Collection, use the `access` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
-
-```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload';
-
-export const CollectionWithAccessControl: CollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  // highlight-start
-  access: {
-    create: () => {...},
-    read: () => {...},
-    update: () => {...},
-    delete: () => {...},
-
-    // Auth-enabled Collections only
-    admin: () => {...},
-    unlock: () => {...},
-
-    // Version-enabled Collections only
-    readVersions: () => {...},
-  },
-  // highlight-end
-}
-```
-
-The following options are available:
+## Available Controls
 
 | Function                | Allows/Denies Access                         |
 | ----------------------- | -------------------------------------------- |
-| **`create`** | Used in the `create` operation. [More details](#create). |
-| **`read`**     | Used in the `find` and `findByID` operations. [More details](#read). |
-| **`update`** | Used in the `update` operation. [More details](#update). |
-| **`delete`** | Used in the `delete` operation. [More details](#delete). |
+| **[`create`](#create)** | Used in the `create` operation               |
+| **[`read`](#read)**     | Used in the `find` and `findByID` operations |
+| **[`update`](#update)** | Used in the `update` operation               |
+| **[`delete`](#delete)** | Used in the `delete` operation               |
 
-If a Collection supports [`Authentication`](../authentication/overview), the following additional options are available:
+#### Auth-enabled Controls
+
+If a Collection supports [`Authentication`](/docs/authentication/overview), the following Access Controls become available:
 
 | Function                | Allows/Denies Access                                           |
 | ----------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`admin`**   | Used to restrict access to the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview). [More details](#admin). |
-| **`unlock`** | Used to restrict which users can access the `unlock` operation. [More details](#unlock). |
+| **[`admin`](#admin)**   | Used to restrict access to the Payload Admin panel             |
+| **[`unlock`](#unlock)** | Used to restrict which users can access the `unlock` operation |
 
-If a Collection supports [Versions](../versions/overview), the following additional options are available:
+**Example Collection config:**
 
-| Function           | Allows/Denies Access                                                                                                   |
-| ------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`readVersions`** | Used to control who can read versions, and who can't. Will automatically restrict the Admin UI version viewing access. [More details](#read-versions). |
+```ts
+import { CollectionConfig } from 'payload/types';
+
+export const Posts: CollectionConfig = {
+  slug: "posts",
+  // highlight-start
+  access: {
+    create: ({ req: { user } }) => { ... },
+    read: ({ req: { user } }) => { ... },
+    update: ({ req: { user } }) => { ... },
+    delete: ({ req: { user } }) => { ... },
+    admin: ({ req: { user } }) => { ... },
+  },
+  // highlight-end
+};
+```
 
 ### Create
 
 Returns a boolean which allows/denies access to the `create` request.
 
-To add create Access Control to a Collection, use the `create` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
+**Available argument properties:**
+
+| Option     | Description                                                                |
+| ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`req`**  | The Express `request` object containing the currently authenticated `user` |
+| **`data`** | The data passed to create the document with.                               |
+
+**Example:**
 
 ```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const CollectionWithCreateAccess: CollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
+const PublicUsers = {
+  slug: 'public-users',
   access: {
     // highlight-start
-    create: ({ req: { user }, data }) => {
-      return Boolean(user)
-    },
+    // allow guest users to self-registration
+    create: () => true,
     // highlight-end
+    ...
   },
+  fields: [ ... ],
 }
 ```
 
-The following arguments are provided to the `create` function:
-
-| Option     | Description                                                                                                                  |
-| ---------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`req`**  | The [Request](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Request) object containing the currently authenticated `user`. |
-| **`data`** | The data passed to create the document with.                                                                                 |
-
 ### Read
 
-Returns a boolean which allows/denies access to the `read` request.
+Read access functions can return a boolean result or optionally return a [query constraint](/docs/queries/overview) which limits the documents that are returned to only those that match the constraint you provide. This can be helpful to restrict users' access to only certain documents however you specify.
 
-To add read Access Control to a Collection, use the `read` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
+**Available argument properties:**
+
+| Option    | Description                                                                |
+| --------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`req`** | The Express `request` object containing the currently authenticated `user` |
+| **`id`**  | `id` of document requested, if within `findByID`                           |
+
+**Example:**
 
 ```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
+import { Access } from 'payload/config'
 
-export const CollectionWithReadAccess: CollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  access: {
-    // highlight-start
-    read: ({ req: { user } }) => {
-      return Boolean(user)
-    },
-    // highlight-end
-  },
-}
-```
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Tip:</strong>
-  Return a [Query](../queries/overview) to limit the Documents to only those that match the constraint. This can be helpful to restrict users' access to specific Documents. [More details](../queries/overview).
-</Banner>
-
-As your application becomes more complex, you may want to define your function in a separate file and import them into your Collection Config:
-
-```ts
-import type { Access } from 'payload'
-
-export const canReadPage: Access = ({ req: { user } }) => {
-  // Allow authenticated users
+const canReadPage: Access = ({ req: { user } }) => {
+  // allow authenticated users
   if (user) {
     return true
   }
-
-  // By returning a Query, guest users can read public Documents
-  // Note: this assumes you have a `isPublic` checkbox field on your Collection
+  // using a query constraint, guest users can access when a field named 'isPublic' is set to true
   return {
+    // assumes we have a checkbox field named 'isPublic'
     isPublic: {
       equals: true,
     },
@@ -147,96 +103,55 @@ export const canReadPage: Access = ({ req: { user } }) => {
 }
 ```
 
-The following arguments are provided to the `read` function:
-
-| Option    | Description                                                                |
-| --------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`req`** | The [Request](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Request) object containing the currently authenticated `user`. |
-| **`id`**  | `id` of document requested, if within `findByID`.                           |
-
 ### Update
 
-Returns a boolean which allows/denies access to the `update` request.
+Update access functions can return a boolean result or optionally return a [query constraint](/docs/queries/overview) to limit the document(s) that can be updated by the currently authenticated user. For example, returning a `query` from the `update` Access Control is helpful in cases where you would like to restrict a user to only being able to update the documents containing a `createdBy` relationship field equal to the user's ID.
 
-To add update Access Control to a Collection, use the `update` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
+**Available argument properties:**
+
+| Option     | Description                                                                |
+| ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`req`**  | The Express `request` object containing the currently authenticated `user` |
+| **`id`**   | `id` of document requested to update                                       |
+| **`data`** | The data passed to update the document with                                |
+
+**Example:**
 
 ```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
+import { Access } from 'payload/config'
 
-export const CollectionWithUpdateAccess: CollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  access: {
-    // highlight-start
-    update: ({ req: { user }}) => {
-      return Boolean(user)
-    },
-    // highlight-end
-  },
-}
-```
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Tip:</strong>
-  Return a [Query](../queries/overview) to limit the Documents to only those that match the constraint. This can be helpful to restrict users' access to specific Documents. [More details](../queries/overview).
-</Banner>
-
-As your application becomes more complex, you may want to define your function in a separate file and import them into your Collection Config:
-
-```ts
-import type { Access } from 'payload'
-
-export const canUpdateUser: Access = ({ req: { user }, id }) => {
-  // Allow users with a role of 'admin'
+const canUpdateUser: Access = ({ req: { user }, id }) => {
+  // allow users with a role of 'admin'
   if (user.roles && user.roles.some((role) => role === 'admin')) {
     return true
   }
-
   // allow any other users to update only oneself
   return user.id === id
 }
 ```
 
-The following arguments are provided to the `update` function:
-
-| Option     | Description                                                                |
-| ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`req`**  | The [Request](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Request) object containing the currently authenticated `user`. |
-| **`id`**   | `id` of document requested to update.                                       |
-| **`data`** | The data passed to update the document with.                                |
-
 ### Delete
 
 Similarly to the Update function, returns a boolean or a [query constraint](/docs/queries/overview) to limit which documents can be deleted by which users.
 
-To add delete Access Control to a Collection, use the `delete` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
+**Available argument properties:**
+
+| Option    | Description                                                                                         |
+| --------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`req`** | The Express `request` object with additional `user` property, which is the currently logged in user |
+| **`id`**  | `id` of document requested to delete                                                                |
+
+**Example:**
 
 ```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
+import { Access } from 'payload/config'
 
-export const CollectionWithDeleteAccess: CollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  access: {
-    // highlight-start
-    delete: ({ req: { user }}) => {
-      return Boolean(user)
-    },
-    // highlight-end
-  },
-}
-```
-
-As your application becomes more complex, you may want to define your function in a separate file and import them into your Collection Config:
-
-```ts
-import type { Access } from 'payload'
-
-export const canDeleteCustomer: Access = async ({ req, id }) => {
+const canDeleteCustomer: Access = async ({ req, id }) => {
   if (!id) {
-    // allow the admin UI to show controls to delete since it is indeterminate without the `id`
+    // allow the admin UI to show controls to delete since it is indeterminate without the id
     return true
   }
-
-  // Query another Collection using the `id`
+  // query another collection using the id
   const result = await req.payload.find({
     collection: 'contracts',
     limit: 0,
@@ -250,90 +165,22 @@ export const canDeleteCustomer: Access = async ({ req, id }) => {
 }
 ```
 
-The following arguments are provided to the `delete` function:
-
-| Option    | Description                                                                                         |
-| --------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`req`** | The [Request](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Request) object with additional `user` property, which is the currently logged in user. |
-| **`id`**  | `id` of document requested to delete.
-
 ### Admin
 
-If the Collection is used to access the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview#the-admin-user-collection), the `Admin` Access Control function determines whether or not the currently logged in user can access the admin UI.
+If the Collection is [used to access the Payload Admin panel](/docs/admin/overview#the-admin-user-collection), the `Admin` Access Control function determines whether or not the currently logged in user can access the admin UI.
 
-To add Admin Access Control to a Collection, use the `admin` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
-
-```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const CollectionWithAdminAccess: CollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  access: {
-    // highlight-start
-    admin: ({ req: { user }}) => {
-      return Boolean(user)
-    },
-    // highlight-end
-  },
-}
-```
-
-The following arguments are provided to the `admin` function:
+**Available argument properties:**
 
 | Option    | Description                                                                |
 | --------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`req`** | The [Request](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Request) object containing the currently authenticated `user`. |
+| **`req`** | The Express `request` object containing the currently authenticated `user` |
 
 ### Unlock
 
-Determines which users can [unlock](/docs/authentication/operations#unlock) other users who may be blocked from authenticating successfully due to [failing too many login attempts](/docs/authentication/overview#options).
+Determines which users can [unlock](/docs/authentication/operations#unlock) other users who may be blocked from authenticating successfully due to [failing too many login attempts](/docs/authentication/config#options).
 
-To add Unlock Access Control to a Collection, use the `unlock` property in the [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
-
-```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const CollectionWithUnlockAccess: CollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  access: {
-    // highlight-start
-    unlock: ({ req: { user }}) => {
-      return Boolean(user)
-    },
-    // highlight-end
-  },
-}
-```
-
-The following arguments are provided to the `unlock` function:
+**Available argument properties:**
 
 | Option    | Description                                                                |
 | --------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`req`** | The [Request](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Request) object containing the currently authenticated `user`. |
-
-### Read Versions
-
-If the Collection has [Versions](../versions/overview) enabled, the `readVersions` Access Control function determines whether or not the currently logged in user can access the version history of a Document.
-
-To add Read Versions Access Control to a Collection, use the `readVersions` property in the [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
-
-```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const CollectionWithVersionsAccess: CollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  access: {
-    // highlight-start
-    readVersions: ({ req: { user }}) => {
-      return Boolean(user)
-    },
-    // highlight-end
-  },
-}
-```
-
-The following arguments are provided to the `readVersions` function:
-
-| Option    | Description                                                                |
-| --------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`req`** | The [Request](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Request) object containing the currently authenticated `user`. |
+| **`req`** | The Express `request` object containing the currently authenticated `user` |

docs/access-control/fields.mdx

@@ -1,39 +1,25 @@
 ---
 title: Field-level Access Control
 label: Fields
-order: 40
+order: 30
 desc: Field-level Access Control is specified within a field's config, and allows you to define which users can create, read or update Fields.
-keywords: fields, access control, permissions, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
+keywords: fields, access control, permissions, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
 ---
 
-Field Access Control is [Access Control](../overview) used to restrict access to specific [Fields](../fields/overview) within a Document.
+Field Access Control is specified with functions inside a field's config. All field-level Controls return a boolean value to allow or deny access for the specified operation. No field-level Access Controls support returning query constraints. All Access Control functions accept one `args` argument.
 
-To add Access Control to a Field, use the `access` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
+## Available Controls
+
+| Function                | Purpose                                                                          |
+| ----------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **[`create`](#create)** | Allows or denies the ability to set a field's value when creating a new document |
+| **[`read`](#read)**     | Allows or denies the ability to read a field's value                             |
+| **[`update`](#update)** | Allows or denies the ability to update a field's value                           |
+
+**Example Collection config:**
 
 ```ts
-import type { Field } from 'payload';
-
-export const FieldWithAccessControl: Field = {
-  // ...
-  access: { // highlight-line
-    // ...
-  },
-}
-```
-
-<Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  Field Access Controls does not support returning [Query](../queries/overview) constraints like [Collection Access Control](./collections) does.
-</Banner>
-
-## Config Options
-
-Access Control is specific to the operation of the request.
-
-To add Access Control to a Field, use the `access` property in the [Field Config](../fields/overview):
-
-```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload';
+import { CollectionConfig } from 'payload/types';
 
 export const Posts: CollectionConfig = {
   slug: 'posts',
@@ -53,14 +39,6 @@ export const Posts: CollectionConfig = {
 };
 ```
 
-The following options are available:
-
-| Function                | Purpose                                                                          |
-| ----------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`create`** | Allows or denies the ability to set a field's value when creating a new document. [More details](#create). |
-| **`read`**     | Allows or denies the ability to read a field's value. [More details](#read).       |
-| **`update`** | Allows or denies the ability to update a field's value [More details](#update).    |
-
 ### Create
 
 Returns a boolean which allows or denies the ability to set a field's value when creating a new document. If `false` is returned, any passed values will be discarded.
@@ -69,7 +47,7 @@ Returns a boolean which allows or denies the ability to set a field's value when
 
 | Option            | Description                                                                |
 | ----------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`req`**         | The [Request](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Request) object containing the currently authenticated `user` |
+| **`req`**         | The Express `request` object containing the currently authenticated `user` |
 | **`data`**        | The full data passed to create the document.                               |
 | **`siblingData`** | Immediately adjacent field data passed to create the document.             |
 
@@ -81,7 +59,7 @@ Returns a boolean which allows or denies the ability to read a field's value. If
 
 | Option            | Description                                                                |
 | ----------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`req`**         | The [Request](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Request) object containing the currently authenticated `user` |
+| **`req`**         | The Express `request` object containing the currently authenticated `user` |
 | **`id`**          | `id` of the document being read                                            |
 | **`doc`**         | The full document data.                                                    |
 | **`siblingData`** | Immediately adjacent field data of the document being read.                |
@@ -96,7 +74,7 @@ If `false` is returned and you attempt to update the field's value, the operatio
 
 | Option            | Description                                                                |
 | ----------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`req`**         | The [Request](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Request) object containing the currently authenticated `user` |
+| **`req`**         | The Express `request` object containing the currently authenticated `user` |
 | **`id`**          | `id` of the document being updated                                         |
 | **`data`**        | The full data passed to update the document.                               |
 | **`siblingData`** | Immediately adjacent field data passed to update the document with.        |

docs/access-control/globals.mdx

@@ -1,44 +1,37 @@
 ---
 title: Globals Access Control
 label: Globals
-order: 30
+order: 40
 desc: Global-level Access Control is specified within each Global's `access` property and allows you to define which users can read or update Globals.
-keywords: globals, access control, permissions, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
+keywords: globals, access control, permissions, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
 ---
 
-Global Access Control is [Access Control](../overview) used to restrict access to [Global](../globals/overview) Documents, as well as what they can and cannot see within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) as it relates to that Global.
+You can define Global-level Access Control within each Global's `access` property. All Access Control functions accept one `args` argument.
 
-To add Access Control to a Global, use the `access` property in your [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
+\*\*Available argument properties:
+
+## Available Controls
+
+| Function                | Allows/Denies Access                   |
+| ----------------------- | -------------------------------------- |
+| **[`read`](#read)**     | Used in the `findOne` Global operation |
+| **[`update`](#update)** | Used in the `update` Global operation  |
+
+**Example Global config:**
 
 ```ts
-import type { GlobalConfig } from 'payload';
+import { GlobalConfig } from 'payload/types'
 
-export const GlobalWithAccessControl: GlobalConfig = {
-  // ...
-  access: { // highlight-line
-    // ...
-  },
-}
-```
-
-## Config Options
-
-Access Control is specific to the operation of the request.
-
-To add Access Control to a [Global](../configuration/globals), use the `access` property in the [Global Config](../globals/overview):
-
-```ts
-import { GlobalConfig } from 'payload'
-
-const GlobalWithAccessControl: GlobalConfig = {
-  // ...
+const Header: GlobalConfig = {
+  slug: 'header',
   // highlight-start
   access: {
-    read: ({ req: { user } }) => {...},
-    update: ({ req: { user } }) => {...},
-
-    // Version-enabled Globals only
-    readVersion: () => {...},
+    read: ({ req: { user } }) => {
+      /* */
+    },
+    update: ({ req: { user } }) => {
+      /* */
+    },
   },
   // highlight-end
 }
@@ -46,97 +39,23 @@ const GlobalWithAccessControl: GlobalConfig = {
 export default Header
 ```
 
-The following options are available:
-
-| Function                | Allows/Denies Access                   |
-| ----------------------- | -------------------------------------- |
-| **`read`**     | Used in the `findOne` Global operation. [More details](#read). |
-| **`update`** | Used in the `update` Global operation. [More details](#update). |
-
-If a Global supports [Versions](../versions/overview), the following additional options are available:
-
-| Function           | Allows/Denies Access                                                                                                   |
-| ------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`readVersions`** | Used to control who can read versions, and who can't. Will automatically restrict the Admin UI version viewing access. [More details](#read-versions). |
-
 ### Read
 
-Returns a boolean result or optionally a [query constraint](../queries/overview) which limits who can read this global based on its current properties.
+Returns a boolean result or optionally a [query constraint](/docs/queries/overview) which limits who can read this global based on its current properties.
 
-To add read Access Control to a [Global](../configuration/globals), use the `read` property in the [Global Config](../globals/overview):
-
-```ts
-import { GlobalConfig } from 'payload'
-
-const Header: GlobalConfig = {
-  // ...
-  // highlight-start
-  read: {
-    read: ({ req: { user } }) => {
-      return Boolean(user)
-    },
-  }
-  // highlight-end
-}
-```
-
-The following arguments are provided to the `read` function:
+**Available argument properties:**
 
 | Option    | Description                                                                |
 | --------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`req`** | The [Request](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Request) object containing the currently authenticated `user`. |
+| **`req`** | The Express `request` object containing the currently authenticated `user` |
 
 ### Update
 
-Returns a boolean result or optionally a [query constraint](../queries/overview) which limits who can update this global based on its current properties.
+Returns a boolean result or optionally a [query constraint](/docs/queries/overview) which limits who can update this global based on its current properties.
 
-To add update Access Control to a [Global](../configuration/globals), use the `access` property in the [Global Config](../globals/overview):
-
-```ts
-import { GlobalConfig } from 'payload'
-
-const Header: GlobalConfig = {
-  // ...
-  // highlight-start
-  access: {
-    update: ({ req: { user }, data }) => {
-      return Boolean(user)
-    },
-  }
-  // highlight-end
-}
-```
-
-The following arguments are provided to the `update` function:
+**Available argument properties:**
 
 | Option     | Description                                                                |
 | ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`req`**  | The [Request](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Request) object containing the currently authenticated `user`. |
+| **`req`**  | The Express `request` object containing the currently authenticated `user` |
 | **`data`** | The data passed to update the global with.                                 |
-
-### Read Versions
-
-If the Global has [Versions](../versions/overview) enabled, the `readVersions` Access Control function determines whether or not the currently logged in user can access the version history of a Document.
-
-To add Read Versions Access Control to a Collection, use the `readVersions` property in the [Global Config](../globals/overview):
-
-```ts
-import type { GlobalConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const GlobalWithVersionsAccess: GlobalConfig = {
-  // ...
-  access: {
-    // highlight-start
-    readVersions: ({ req: { user }}) => {
-      return Boolean(user)
-    },
-    // highlight-end
-  },
-}
-```
-
-The following arguments are provided to the `readVersions` function:
-
-| Option    | Description                                                                |
-| --------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`req`** | The [Request](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Request) object containing the currently authenticated `user`. |

docs/access-control/overview.mdx

@@ -2,59 +2,82 @@
 title: Access Control
 label: Overview
 order: 10
-desc: Payload makes it simple to define and manage Access Control. By declaring roles, you can set permissions and restrict what your users can interact with.
-keywords: overview, access control, permissions, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
+desc: Payload makes it simple to define and manage access control. By declaring roles, you can set permissions and restrict what your users can interact with.
+keywords: overview, access control, permissions, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
 ---
 
+Access control within Payload is extremely powerful while remaining easy and intuitive to manage. Declaring who should have access to what documents is no more complex than writing a simple JavaScript function that either returns a `boolean` or a [`query`](/docs/queries/overview) constraint to restrict which documents users can interact with.
+
 <YouTube id="DoPLyXG26Dg" title="Overview of Payload Access Control" />
 
-Access Control determines what a user can and cannot do with any given Document, as well as what they can and cannot see within the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview). By implementing Access Control, you can define granular restrictions based on the user, their roles (RBAC), Document data, or any other criteria your application requires.
+**Example use cases:**
 
-Access Control functions are scoped to the _operation_, meaning you can have different rules for `create`, `read`, `update`, `delete`, etc. Access Control functions are executed _before_ any changes are made and _before_ any operations are completed. This allows you to determine if the user has the necessary permissions before fulfilling the request.
+- Allowing anyone `read` access to all `Post`s
+- Only allowing public access to `Post`s where a `status` field is equal to `published`
+- Giving only `User`s with a `role` field equal to `admin` the ability to delete `Page`(s)
+- Allowing anyone to create `ContactSubmission`s, but only logged in users to `read`, `update` or `delete` them
+- Restricting a `User` to only be able to see their own `Order`(s), but no others
+- Allowing `User`s that belong to a certain `Organization` to access only that `Organization`'s `Resource`s
 
-There are many use cases for Access Control, including:
+### Default Settings
 
-- Allowing anyone `read` access to all posts
-- Only allowing public access to posts where a `status` field is equal to `published`
-- Giving only users with a `role` field equal to `admin` the ability to delete posts
-- Allowing anyone to submit contact forms, but only logged in users to `read`, `update` or `delete` them
-- Restricting a user to only be able to see their own orders, but no-one else's
-- Allowing users that belong to a certain organization to access only that organization's resources
+**By default, all Collections and Globals require that a user is logged in to be able to interact in any way.** The default Access Control function evaluates the `user` from the Express `req` and returns `true` if a user is logged in, and `false` if not.
 
-There are three main types of Access Control in Payload:
-
-- [Collection Access Control](./collections)
-- [Global Access Control](./globals)
-- [Field Access Control](./fields)
-
-## Default Access Control
-
-Payload provides default Access Control so that your data is secured behind [Authentication](../authentication) without additional configuration. To do this, Payload sets a default function that simply checks if a user is present on the request. You can override this default behavior by defining your own Access Control functions as needed.
-
-Here is the default Access Control that Payload provides:
+**Default Access function:**
 
 ```ts
 const defaultPayloadAccess = ({ req: { user } }) => {
   // Return `true` if a user is found
   // and `false` if it is undefined or null
-  return Boolean(user) // highlight-line
+  return Boolean(user)
 }
 ```
 
-<Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Important:</strong>
-  In the [Local API](../local-api/overview), all Access Control is _skipped_ by default. This allows your server to have full control over your application. To opt back in, you can set the `overrideAccess` option to `false` in your requests.
+<Banner type="success">
+  <strong>Note:</strong>
+  <br />
+  In the Local API, all Access Control functions are skipped by default, allowing your server to do
+  whatever it needs. But, you can opt back in by setting the option <strong>
+    overrideAccess
+  </strong>{' '}
+  to <strong>false</strong>.
 </Banner>
 
-## The Access Operation
+### Access Control Types
 
-The Admin Panel responds dynamically to your changes to Access Control. For example, if you restrict editing `ExampleCollection` to only users that feature an "admin" role, Payload will **hide** that Collection from the Admin Panel entirely. This is super powerful and allows you to control who can do what within your Admin Panel using the same functions that secure your APIs.
+You can manage access within Payload on three different levels:
 
-To accomplish this, Payload exposes the [Access Operation](../authentication/operations#access). Upon login, Payload executes each Access Control function at the top level, across all Collections, Globals, and Fields, and returns a response that contains a reflection of what the currently authenticated user can do within your application.
+- [Collections](/docs/access-control/collections)
+- [Fields](/docs/access-control/fields)
+- [Globals](/docs/access-control/globals)
+
+### When Access Control is Executed
+
+<Banner type="success">
+  <strong>Note:</strong>
+  <br />
+  Access control functions are utilized in two places. It's important to understand how and when
+  your access control is executed.
+</Banner>
+
+#### As you execute operations
+
+When you perform Payload operations like `create`, `read`, `update`, and `delete`, your access control functions will be executed before any changes or operations are completed.
+
+#### Within the Admin UI
+
+The Payload Admin UI responds dynamically to the access control that you define. For example, if you restrict editing a `ExampleCollection` to only users that feature a `role` of `admin`, the Payload Admin UI will **hide** the `ExampleCollection` from the Admin UI entirely. This is super powerful and allows you to control who can do what with your Admin UI.
+
+To accomplish this, Payload ships with an `Access` operation, which is executed when a user logs into the Admin UI. Payload will execute each one of your access control functions, across all collections, globals, and fields, at the top level and return a response that contains a reflection of what the currently authenticated user can do with your application.
+
+### Argument Availability
 
 <Banner type="warning">
   <strong>Important:</strong>
-  When your access control functions are executed via the [Access Operation](../authentication/operations#access),  the `id` and `data` arguments will be `undefined`. This is because Payload is executing your functions without referencing a specific Document.
+  <br />
+  When your access control functions are executed via the <strong>access</strong> operation, the{' '}
+  <strong>id</strong> and <strong>data</strong> arguments will be <strong>undefined</strong>,
+  because Payload is executing your functions without referencing a specific document.
 </Banner>
 
-If you use `id` or `data` within your access control functions, make sure to check that they are defined first. If they are not, then you can assume that your Access Control is being executed via the Access Operation to determine solely what the user can do within the Admin Panel.
+If you use `id` or `data` within your access control functions, make sure to check that they are defined first. If they are not, then you can assume that your access control is being executed via the `access` operation, to determine solely what the user can do within the Admin UI.

docs/admin/bundlers.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+---
+title: Bundlers
+label: Bundlers
+order: 60
+desc: Bundlers are used to bundle the code that serves Payload's Admin Panel.
+---
+
+Payload has two official bundlers, the [Webpack Bundler](/docs/admin/webpack) and the [Vite Bundler](/docs/admin/vite). You must install a bundler to use the admin panel.
+
+##### Install a bundler
+
+Webpack (recommended):
+
+```text
+yarn add @payloadcms/bundler-webpack
+```
+
+Vite (beta):
+
+```text
+yarn add @payloadcms/bundler-vite
+```
+
+##### Configure the bundler
+
+```ts
+// payload.config.ts
+
+import { buildConfig } from 'payload/config'
+import { webpackBundler } from '@payloadcms/bundler-webpack'
+// import { viteBundler } from '@payloadcms/bundler-vite'
+
+export default buildConfig({
+  // highlight-start
+  admin: {
+    bundler: webpackBundler() // or viteBundler()
+  },
+  // highlight-end
+})
+```
+
+### What are bundlers?
+
+At their core, a bundler's main goal is to take a bunch of files and turn them into a few optimized files that you ship to the browser. The admin UI has a root `index.html` entry point, and from there the bundler traverses the dependency tree, bundling all of the files that are required from that point on.
+
+Since the bundled file is sent to the browser, it can't include any server-only code. You will need to remove any server-only code from your admin UI before bundling it. You can learn more about [excluding server code](/docs/admin/excluding-server-code) section.
+
+<Banner type="warning">
+  <strong>Using environment variables in the admin UI</strong>
+  <br />
+  Bundles should not contain sensitive information. By default, Payload
+  excludes env variables from the bundle. If you need to use env variables in your payload config,
+  you need to prefix them with `PAYLOAD_PUBLIC_` to make them available to the client-side code.
+</Banner>

docs/admin/collections.mdx

@@ -1,176 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Collection Admin Config
-label: Collections
-order: 20
-desc:
-keywords: admin, components, custom, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
----
-
-The behavior of [Collections](../configuration/collections) within the [Admin Panel](./overview) can be fully customized to fit the needs of your application. This includes grouping or hiding their navigation links, adding [Custom Components](./components), selecting which fields to display in the List View, and more.
-
-To configure Admin Options for Collections, use the `admin` property in your Collection Config:
-
-```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const MyCollection: CollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  admin: { // highlight-line
-    // ...
-  },
-}
-```
-
-## Admin Options
-
-The following options are available:
-
-| Option                           | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                           |
-| -------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`group`**                      | Text used as a label for grouping Collection and Global links together in the navigation.                                                                                                                             |
-| **`hidden`**                     | Set to true or a function, called with the current user, returning true to exclude this Collection from navigation and admin routing.                                                                                 |
-| **`hooks`**                      | Admin-specific hooks for this Collection. [More details](../hooks/collections).                                                                                                                                       |
-| **`useAsTitle`**                 | Specify a top-level field to use for a document title throughout the Admin Panel. If no field is defined, the ID of the document is used as the title. A field with `virtual: true` cannot be used as the title.      |
-| **`description`**                | Text to display below the Collection label in the List View to give editors more information. Alternatively, you can use the `admin.components.Description` to render a React component. [More details](#custom-components). |
-| **`defaultColumns`**             | Array of field names that correspond to which columns to show by default in this Collection's List View.                                                                                                              |
-| **`hideAPIURL`**                 | Hides the "API URL" meta field while editing documents within this Collection.                                                                                                                                        |
-| **`enableRichTextLink`**         | The [Rich Text](../fields/rich-text) field features a `Link` element which allows for users to automatically reference related documents within their rich text. Set to `true` by default.                            |
-| **`enableRichTextRelationship`** | The [Rich Text](../fields/rich-text) field features a `Relationship` element which allows for users to automatically reference related documents within their rich text. Set to `true` by default.                    |
-| **`meta`**                       | Page metadata overrides to apply to this Collection within the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata).                                                                                                               |
-| **`preview`**                    | Function to generate preview URLs within the Admin Panel that can point to your app. [More details](#preview).                                                                                                        |
-| **`livePreview`**                | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview).                                                                                         |
-| **`components`**                 | Swap in your own React components to be used within this Collection. [More details](#custom-components).                                                                                                                     |
-| **`listSearchableFields`**       | Specify which fields should be searched in the List search view. [More details](#list-searchable-fields).                                                                                                             |
-| **`pagination`**                 | Set pagination-specific options for this Collection. [More details](#pagination).                                                                                                                                     |
-| **`baseListFilter`**             | You can define a default base filter for this collection's List view, which will be merged into any filters that the user performs.                                                                                   |
-
-### Custom Components
-
-Collections can set their own [Custom Components](./components) which only apply to [Collection](../configuration/collections)-specific UI within the [Admin Panel](./overview). This includes elements such as the Save Button, or entire layouts such as the Edit View.
-
-To override Collection Components, use the `admin.components` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
-
-```ts
-import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const MyCollection: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    components: { // highlight-line
-      // ...
-    },
-  },
-}
-```
-
-The following options are available:
-
-| Path                       | Description                                                                                                            |
-| -------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`beforeList`**           | An array of components to inject _before_ the built-in List View                                                          |
-| **`beforeListTable`**      | An array of components to inject _before_ the built-in List View's table                                                  |
-| **`afterList`**            | An array of components to inject _after_ the built-in List View                                                           |
-| **`afterListTable`**       | An array of components to inject _after_ the built-in List View's table
-| **`Description`**          | A component to render below the Collection label in the List View. An alternative to the `admin.description` property. |
-| **`edit.SaveButton`**      | Replace the default Save Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be disabled.                                     |
-| **`edit.SaveDraftButton`** | Replace the default Save Draft Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled and autosave must be disabled. |
-| **`edit.PublishButton`**   | Replace the default Publish Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled.                                  |
-| **`edit.PreviewButton`**   | Replace the default Preview Button with a Custom Component. [Preview](#preview) must be enabled.                                         |
-| **`views`**                | Override or create new views within the Admin Panel. [More details](./views).                                     |
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
-</Banner>
-
-### Preview
-
-It is possible to display a Preview Button within the Edit View of the Admin Panel. This will allow editors to visit the frontend of your app the corresponds to the document they are actively editing. This way they can preview the latest, potentially unpublished changes.
-
-To configure the Preview Button, set the `admin.preview` property to a function in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
-
-```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const Posts: CollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    // highlight-start
-    preview: (doc, { locale }) => {
-      if (doc?.slug) {
-        return `/${doc.slug}?locale=${locale}`
-      }
-
-      return null
-    },
-    // highlight-end
-  },
-}
-```
-
-The `preview` property resolves to a string that points to your front-end application with additional URL parameters. This can be an absolute URL or a relative path. If you are using a relative path, Payload will prepend the application's origin onto it, creating a fully qualified URL.
-
-The preview function receives two arguments:
-
-| Argument | Description |
-| --- | --- |
-| **`doc`** | The Document being edited. |
-| **`ctx`** | An object containing `locale` and `token` properties. The `token` is the currently logged-in user's JWT. |
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  For fully working example of this, check of the official [Draft Preview Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/draft-preview) in the [Examples Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples).
-</Banner>
-
-### Pagination
-
-All Collections receive their own List View which displays a paginated list of documents that can be sorted and filtered. The pagination behavior of the List View can be customized on a per-Collection basis, and uses the same [Pagination](../queries/pagination) API that Payload provides.
-
-To configure pagination options, use the `admin.pagination` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
-
-```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const Posts: CollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    // highlight-start
-    pagination: {
-      defaultLimit: 10,
-      limits: [10, 20, 50],
-    },
-    // highlight-end
-  },
-}
-```
-
-The following options are available:
-
-| Option         | Description                                                                                         |
-| -------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| `defaultLimit` | Integer that specifies the default per-page limit that should be used. Defaults to 10.              |
-| `limits`       | Provide an array of integers to use as per-page options for admins to choose from in the List View. |
-
-### List Searchable Fields
-
-In the List View, there is a "search" box that allows you to quickly find a document through a simple text search. By default, it searches on the ID field. If defined, the `admin.useAsTitle` field is used. Or, you can explicitly define which fields to search based on the needs of your application.
-
-To define which fields should be searched, use the `admin.listSearchableFields` property in your [Collection Config](../configuration/collections):
-
-```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const Posts: CollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    // highlight-start
-    listSearchableFields: ['title', 'slug'],
-    // highlight-end
-  },
-}
-```
-
-<Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Tip:</strong>
-  If you are adding `listSearchableFields`, make sure you index each of these fields so your admin queries can remain performant.
-</Banner>

docs/admin/components.mdx

@@ -1,343 +1,520 @@
 ---
 title: Swap in your own React components
 label: Custom Components
-order: 40
+order: 20
 desc: Fully customize your Admin Panel by swapping in your own React components. Add fields, remove views, update routes and change functions to sculpt your perfect Dashboard.
-keywords: admin, components, custom, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
+keywords: admin, components, custom, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
 ---
 
-The Payload [Admin Panel](./overview) is designed to be as minimal and straightforward as possible to allow for easy customization and full control over the UI. In order for Payload to support this level of customization, Payload provides a pattern for you to supply your own React components through your [Payload Config](../configuration/overview).
+While designing the Payload Admin panel, we determined it should be as minimal and straightforward as possible to allow easy customization and control. There are many times where you may want to completely control how a whole view or a field works. You might even want to add in new views entirely. In order for Payload to support this level of customization without introducing versioning / future-proofing issues, Payload provides for a pattern to supply your own React components via your Payload config.
 
-All Custom Components in Payload are [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components) by default. This enables the use of the [Local API](../local-api/overview) directly on the front-end. Custom Components are available for nearly every part of the Admin Panel for extreme granularity and control.
+To swap in your own React component, first, consult the list of available component overrides below. Determine the scope that corresponds to what you are trying to accomplish, and then author your React component accordingly.
 
 <Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  Client Components continue to be fully supported. To use Client Components in your app, simply include the `use client` directive. Payload will automatically detect and remove all default, [non-serializable props](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types) before rendering your component. [More details](#client-components).
+  <strong>Tip:</strong>
+  <br />
+  Custom components will automatically be provided with all props that the default component normally
+  accepts.
 </Banner>
 
-There are four main types of Custom Components in Payload:
+### Base Component Overrides
 
-- [Root Components](#root-components)
-- [Collection Components](./collections#custom-components)
-- [Global Components](./globals#custom-components)
-- [Field Components](./fields#custom-components)
+You can override a set of admin panel-wide components by providing a component to your base Payload config's `admin.components` property. The following options are available:
 
-To swap in your own Custom Component, first consult the list of available components, determine the scope that corresponds to what you are trying to accomplish, then [author your React component(s)](#building-custom-components) accordingly.
+| Path                  | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                 |
+| --------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`Nav`**             | Contains the sidebar / mobile menu in its entirety.                                                                                                                                                         |
+| **`BeforeNavLinks`**  | Array of components to inject into the built-in Nav, _before_ the links themselves.                                                                                                                         |
+| **`AfterNavLinks`**   | Array of components to inject into the built-in Nav, _after_ the links.                                                                                                                                     |
+| **`BeforeDashboard`** | Array of components to inject into the built-in Dashboard, _before_ the default dashboard contents.                                                                                                         |
+| **`AfterDashboard`**  | Array of components to inject into the built-in Dashboard, _after_ the default dashboard contents. [Demo](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/test/admin/components/AfterDashboard/index.tsx) |
+| **`BeforeLogin`**     | Array of components to inject into the built-in Login, _before_ the default login form.                                                                                                                     |
+| **`AfterLogin`**      | Array of components to inject into the built-in Login, _after_ the default login form.                                                                                                                      |
+| **`logout.Button`**   | A custom React component.                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| **`graphics.Icon`**   | Used as a graphic within the `Nav` component. Often represents a condensed version of a full logo.                                                                                                          |
+| **`graphics.Logo`**   | The full logo to be used in contexts like the `Login` view.                                                                                                                                                 |
+| **`providers`**       | Define your own provider components that will wrap the Payload Admin UI. [More](#custom-providers)                                                                                                          |
+| **`views`**           | Override or create new views within the Payload Admin UI. [More](#views)                                                                                                                             |
 
-## Defining Custom Components
+Here is a full example showing how to swap some of these components for your own.
 
-As Payload compiles the Admin Panel, it checks your config for Custom Components. When detected, Payload either replaces its own default component with yours, or if none exists by default, renders yours outright. While are many places where Custom Components are supported in Payload, each is defined in the same way using [Component Paths](#component-paths).
-
-To add a Custom Component, point to its file path in your Payload Config:
+`payload.config.js`
 
 ```ts
-import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
+import { buildConfig } from 'payload/config'
 
-const config = buildConfig({
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    components: {
-      logout: {
-        Button: '/src/components/Logout#MyComponent' // highlight-line
-      }
-    }
-  },
-})
-```
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  All Custom Components can be either Server Components or Client Components, depending on the presence of the `use client` directive at the top of the file.
-</Banner>
-
-### Component Paths
-
-In order to ensure the Payload Config is fully Node.js compatible and as lightweight as possible, components are not directly imported into your config. Instead, they are identified by their file path for the Admin Panel to resolve on its own.
-
-Component Paths, by default, are relative to your project's base directory. This is either your current working directory, or the directory specified in `config.admin.baseDir`. To simplify Component Paths, you can also configure the base directory using the `admin.importMap.baseDir` property.
-
-Components using named exports are identified either by appending `#` followed by the export name, or using the `exportName` property. If the component is the default export, this can be omitted.
-
-```ts
-import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
-import { fileURLToPath } from 'node:url'
-import path from 'path'
-const filename = fileURLToPath(import.meta.url)
-const dirname = path.dirname(filename)
-
-const config = buildConfig({
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    importMap: {
-      baseDir: path.resolve(dirname, 'src'), // highlight-line
-    },
-    components: {
-      logout: {
-        Button: '/components/Logout#MyComponent' // highlight-line
-      }
-    }
-  },
-})
-```
-
-In this example, we set the base directory to the `src` directory, and omit the `/src/` part of our component path string.
-
-### Config Options
-
-While Custom Components are usually defined as a string, you can also pass in an object with additional options:
-
-```ts
-import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
-
-const config = buildConfig({
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    components: {
-      logout: {
-        // highlight-start
-        Button: {
-          path: '/src/components/Logout',
-          exportName: 'MyComponent',
-        }
-        // highlight-end
-      }
-    }
-  },
-})
-```
-
-The following options are available:
-
-| Property      | Description                                                                                                                   |
-|---------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| **`clientProps`** | Props to be passed to the Custom Components if it's a Client Component. [More details](#custom-props).                         |
-| **`exportName`**  | Instead of declaring named exports using `#` in the component path, you can also omit them from `path` and pass them in here. |
-| **`path`**        | File path to the Custom Component. Named exports can be appended to the end of the path, separated by a `#`.                         |
-| **`serverProps`** | Props to be passed to the Custom Component if it's a Server Component. [More details](#custom-props).                         |
-
-For more details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](#building-custom-components).
-
-### Import Map
-
-In order for Payload to make use of [Component Paths](#component-paths), an "Import Map" is automatically generated at `app/(payload)/admin/importMap.js`. This file contains every Custom Component in your config, keyed to their respective paths. When Payload needs to lookup a component, it uses this file to find the correct import.
-
-The Import Map is automatically regenerated at startup and whenever Hot Module Replacement (HMR) runs, or you can run `payload generate:importmap` to manually regenerate it.
-
-#### Custom Imports
-
-If needed, custom items can be appended onto the Import Map. This is mostly only relevant for plugin authors who need to add a custom import that is not referenced in a known location.
-
-To add a custom import to the Import Map, use the `admin.dependencies` property in your [Payload Config](../getting-started/overview):
-
-```ts
-import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
+import {
+  MyCustomNav,
+  MyCustomLogo,
+  MyCustomIcon,
+  MyCustomAccount,
+  MyCustomDashboard,
+  MyProvider,
+} from './customComponents'
 
 export default buildConfig({
+  admin: {
+    components: {
+      Nav: MyCustomNav,
+      graphics: {
+        Icon: MyCustomIcon,
+        Logo: MyCustomLogo,
+      },
+      views: {
+        Account: MyCustomAccount,
+        Dashboard: MyCustomDashboard,
+      },
+      providers: [MyProvider],
+    },
+  },
+})
+```
+
+#### Views
+
+You can easily swap entire views with your own by using the `admin.components.views` property. At the root level, Payload renders the following views dy default, all of which can be overridden:
+
+| Property           | Description                                                                                                                  |
+| ------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`Account`**      | The Account view is used to show the currently logged in user's Account page.                                                |
+| **`Dashboard`**    | The main landing page of the Admin panel.                                                                                    |
+
+To swap out any of these views, simply pass in your custom component to the `admin.components.views` property of your Payload config. For example:
+
+```ts
+// payload.config.ts
+{
   // ...
   admin: {
-    // ...
-    dependencies: {
-      myTestComponent: { // myTestComponent is the key - can be anything
-        path: '/components/TestComponent.js#TestComponent',
-        type: 'component',
-        clientProps: {
-          test: 'hello',
+    components: {
+      views: {
+        Account: MyCustomAccountView,
+        Dashboard: MyCustomDashboardView,
+      },
+    },
+  },
+}
+```
+
+For more granular control, pass a configuration object instead. Payload exposes all of the properties of `<Route />` component in [React Router v5](https://v5.reactrouter.com):
+
+| Property           | Description                                                                                                                  |
+| ------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`Component`** \* | Pass in the component that should be rendered when a user navigates to this route.                                           |
+| **`path`** \*      | React Router `path`. [See the React Router docs](https://v5.reactrouter.com/web/api/Route/path-string-string) for more info. |
+| **`exact`**        | React Router `exact` property. [More](https://v5.reactrouter.com/web/api/Route/exact-bool)                                   |
+| **`strict`**       | React Router `strict` property. [More](https://v5.reactrouter.com/web/api/Route/strict-bool)                                 |
+| **`sensitive`**    | React Router `sensitive` property. [More](https://v5.reactrouter.com/web/api/Route/sensitive-bool)                           |
+
+_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
+
+#### Adding new views
+
+To add a _new_ view to the Admin Panel, simply add another key to the `views` object with at least a `path` and `Component` property. For example:
+
+```ts
+// payload.config.ts
+{
+  // ...
+  admin: {
+    components: {
+      views: {
+        MyCustomView: {
+          Component: MyCustomView,
+          path: '/my-custom-view',
         },
       },
     },
+  },
+}
+```
+
+_For more examples regarding how to customize components, look at the following [examples](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/master/test/admin/components)._
+
+For help on how to build your own custom view components, see [building a custom view component](#building-a-custom-view-component).
+
+### Collections
+
+You can override components on a collection-by-collection basis via their `admin` property.
+
+| Path                       | Description                                                                                                            |
+| -------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`BeforeList`**           | Array of components to inject _before_ the built-in List view                                                          |
+| **`BeforeListTable`**      | Array of components to inject _before_ the built-in List view's table                                                  |
+| **`AfterList`**            | Array of components to inject _after_ the built-in List view                                                           |
+| **`AfterListTable`**       | Array of components to inject _after_ the built-in List view's table                                                   |
+| **`edit.SaveButton`**      | Replace the default `Save` button with a custom component. Drafts must be disabled                                     |
+| **`edit.SaveDraftButton`** | Replace the default `Save Draft` button with a custom component. Drafts must be enabled and autosave must be disabled. |
+| **`edit.PublishButton`**   | Replace the default `Publish` button with a custom component. Drafts must be enabled.                                  |
+| **`edit.PreviewButton`**   | Replace the default `Preview` button with a custom component.                                                          |
+| **`views`**                | Override or create new views within the Payload Admin UI. [More](#collection-views)                                    |
+
+Here is a full example showing how to swap some of these components for your own:
+
+`Collection.ts`
+
+```tsx
+import * as React from 'react'
+
+import {
+  CustomSaveButtonProps,
+  CustomSaveDraftButtonProps,
+  CustomPublishButtonProps,
+  CustomPreviewButtonProps,
+} from 'payload/types'
+
+export const CustomSaveButton: CustomSaveButtonProps = ({ DefaultButton, label }) => {
+  return <DefaultButton label={label} />
+}
+
+export const CustomSaveDraftButton: CustomSaveDraftButtonProps = ({
+  DefaultButton,
+  disabled,
+  label,
+  saveDraft,
+}) => {
+  return <DefaultButton label={label} disabled={disabled} saveDraft={saveDraft} />
+}
+
+export const CustomPublishButton: CustomPublishButtonProps = ({
+  DefaultButton,
+  disabled,
+  label,
+  publish,
+}) => {
+  return <DefaultButton label={label} disabled={disabled} publish={publish} />
+}
+
+export const CustomPreviewButton: CustomPreviewButtonProps = ({
+  DefaultButton,
+  disabled,
+  label,
+  preview,
+}) => {
+  return <DefaultButton label={label} disabled={disabled} preview={preview} />
+}
+
+export const MyCollection: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
+  slug: 'my-collection',
+  admin: {
+    components: {
+      edit: {
+        SaveButton: CustomSaveButton,
+        SaveDraftButton: CustomSaveDraftButton,
+        PublishButton: CustomPublishButton,
+        PreviewButton: CustomPreviewButton,
+      },
+    },
   }
 }
 ```
 
-## Building Custom Components
+#### Collection views
 
-All Custom Components in Payload are [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components) by default. This enables the use of the [Local API](../local-api/overview) directly on the front-end, among other things.
+To swap out entire views on collections, you can use the `admin.components.views` property on the collection's config. Payload renders the following views dy default, all of which can be overridden:
 
-### Default Props
+| Property           | Description                                                                                                                  |
+| ------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`Edit`**         | The Edit view is used to edit a single document for a given collection.                                                      |
+| **`List`**         | The List view is used to show a list of documents for a given collection.                                                    |
 
-To make building Custom Components as easy as possible, Payload automatically provides common props, such as the [`payload`](../local-api/overview) class and the [`i18n`](../configuration/i18n) object. This means that when building Custom Components within the Admin Panel, you do not have to get these yourself.
+To swap out any of these views, simply pass in your custom component to the `admin.components.views` property of your Payload config. This will replace the entire view, including the page breadcrumbs, title, tabs, etc, _as well as all nested routes_.
+
+```ts
+// Collection.ts
+{
+  // ...
+  admin: {
+    components: {
+      views: {
+        Edit: MyCustomEditView,
+        List: MyCustomListView,
+      },
+    },
+  },
+}
+```
+
+_For help on how to build your own custom view components, see [building a custom view component](#building-a-custom-view-component)._
+
+To swap specific _nested_ views within the parent `Edit` view, you can use the `admin.components.views.Edit` property on the globals's config. This will only replace the nested view, leaving the page breadcrumbs, title, tabs, etc intact.
+
+```ts
+// Collection.ts
+{
+  // ...
+  admin: {
+    components: {
+      views: {
+        Edit: {
+          Default: MyCustomDefaultTab,
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  },
+}
+```
+
+You can also add _new_ tabs to the `Edit` view by adding another key to the `components.views.Edit[key]` object with a `path` and `Component` property. See [Custom Tabs](#custom-tabs) for more information.
+
+### Globals
+
+As with Collections, you can override components on a global-by-global basis via their `admin` property.
+
+| Path                       | Description                                                                                                            |
+| -------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`edit.SaveButton`**      | Replace the default `Save` button with a custom component. Drafts must be disabled                                     |
+| **`edit.SaveDraftButton`** | Replace the default `Save Draft` button with a custom component. Drafts must be enabled and autosave must be disabled. |
+| **`edit.PublishButton`**   | Replace the default `Publish` button with a custom component. Drafts must be enabled.                                  |
+| **`edit.PreviewButton`**   | Replace the default `Preview` button with a custom component.                                                          |
+| **`views`**                | Override or create new views within the Payload Admin UI. [More](#global-views)                                        |
+
+#### Global views
+
+To swap out views for globals, you can use the `admin.components.views` property on the global's config. Payload renders the following views dy default, all of which can be overridden:
+
+| Property           | Description                                                                                                                  |
+| ------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`Edit`**         | The Edit view is used to edit a single document for a given Global.                                                          |
+
+To swap out any of these views, simply pass in your custom component to the `admin.components.views` property of your Payload config. This will replace the entire view, including the page breadcrumbs, title, and tabs, _as well as all nested views_.
+
+```ts
+// Global.ts
+{
+  // ...
+  admin: {
+    components: {
+      views: {
+        Edit: MyCustomEditView,
+      },
+    },
+  },
+}
+```
+
+_For help on how to build your own custom view components, see [building a custom view component](#building-a-custom-view-component)._
+
+To swap specific _nested_ views within the parent `Edit` view, you can use the `admin.components.views.Edit` property on the globals's config. This will only replace the nested view, leaving the page breadcrumbs, title, and tabs intact.
+
+```ts
+// Global.ts
+{
+  // ...
+  admin: {
+    components: {
+      views: {
+        Edit: {
+          Default: MyCustomDefaultTab,
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  },
+}
+```
+
+You can also add _new_ tabs to the `Edit` view by adding another key to the `components.views.Edit[key]` object with a `path` and `Component` property. See [Custom Tabs](#custom-tabs) for more information.
+
+### Custom Tabs
+
+You can easily swap individual collection or global edit views. To do this, pass an _object_ to the `admin.components.views.Edit` property of the config. Payload renders the following views dy default, all of which can be overridden:
+
+| Property           | Description                                                                                                                  |
+| ------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`Default`**      | The Default view is the primary view in which your document is edited.                                                       |
+| **`Versions`**     | The Versions view is used to view the version history of a single document. [More details](../versions)                      |
+| **`Version`**      | The Version view is used to view a single version of a single document for a given collection. [More details](../versions).  |
+| **`API`**          | The API view is used to display the REST API JSON response for a given document.                                             |
+| **`LivePreview`**  | The LivePreview view is used to display the Live Preview interface. [More details](../live-preview)                          |
 
 Here is an example:
 
-```tsx
-import React from 'react'
-
-const MyServerComponent = async ({
-  payload // highlight-line
-}) => {
-  const page = await payload.findByID({
-    collection: 'pages',
-    id: '123',
-  })
-
-  return (
-    <p>{page.title}</p>
-  )
+```ts
+// Collection.ts or Global.ts
+export const MyCollection: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
+  slug: 'my-collection',
+  admin: {
+    components: {
+      views: {
+        Edit: { // You can also define `components.views.Edit` as a component, this will override _all_ nested views
+          Default: MyCustomDefaultTab,
+          Versions: MyCustomVersionsTab,
+          Version: MyCustomVersionTab,
+          API: MyCustomAPITab,
+          LivePreview: MyCustomLivePreviewTab,
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  },
 }
 ```
 
-Each Custom Component receives the following props by default:
-
-| Prop                      | Description                                                                                           |
-| ------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| `payload`                 | The [Payload](../local-api/overview) class.                                                           |
-| `i18n`                    | The [i18n](../configuration/i18n) object.                                                                           |
-
-<Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Reminder:</strong>
-  All Custom Components also receive various other props that are specific component being rendered. See [Root Components](#root-components), [Collection Components](./collections#custom-components), [Global Components](./globals#custom-components), or [Field Components](./fields#custom-components) for a complete list of all default props per component.
-</Banner>
-
-### Custom Props
-
-To pass in custom props from the config, you can use either the `clientProps` or `serverProps` properties depending on whether your prop is [serializable](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types), and whether your component is a Server or Client Component.
+To add a _new_ tab to the `Edit` view, simply add another key to `components.views.Edit[key]` with at least a `path` and `Component` property. For example:
 
 ```ts
-import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
-
-const config = buildConfig({
-  // ...
-  admin: { // highlight-line
+// `Collection.ts` or `Global.ts`
+export const MyCollection: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
+  slug: 'my-collection',
+  admin: {
     components: {
-      logout: {
-        Button: {
-          path: '/src/components/Logout#MyComponent',
-          clientProps: {
-            myCustomProp: 'Hello, World!' // highlight-line
+      views: {
+        Edit: {
+          MyCustomTab: {
+            Component: MyCustomTab,
+            path: '/my-custom-tab',
+            // You an swap the entire tab component out for your own
+            Tab: MyCustomTab
           },
-        }
-      }
-    }
+          AnotherCustomView: {
+            Component: AnotherCustomView,
+            path: '/another-custom-view',
+            // Or you can use the default tab component and just pass in your own label and href
+            Tab: {
+              label: 'Another Custom View',
+              href: '/another-custom-view',
+            }
+          },
+        },
+      },
+    },
   },
-})
-```
-
-```tsx
-'use client'
-import React from 'react'
-
-export const MyComponent = ({ myCustomProp }: { myCustomProp: string }) => {
-  return (
-    <button>{myCustomProp}</button>
-  )
 }
 ```
 
-### Client Components
+### Building a custom view component
 
-When [Building Custom Components](#building-custom-components), it's still possible to use client-side code such as `useState` or the `window` object. To do this, simply add the `use client` directive at the top of your file. Payload will automatically detect and remove all default, [non-serializable props](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types) before rendering your component.
+Your custom view components will be given all the props that a React Router `<Route />` typically would receive, as well as two props from Payload:
 
-```tsx
-'use client' // highlight-line
-import React, { useState } from 'react'
-
-export const MyClientComponent: React.FC = () => {
-  const [count, setCount] = useState(0)
-
-  return (
-    <button onClick={() => setCount(count + 1)}>
-      Clicked {count} times
-    </button>
-  )
-}
-```
+| Prop                    | Description                                                                  |
+| ----------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`user`**              | The currently logged in user. Will be `null` if no user is logged in.        |
+| **`canAccessAdmin`** \* | If the currently logged in user is allowed to access the admin panel or not. |
 
 <Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Reminder:</strong>
-  Client Components cannot be passed [non-serializable props](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types). If you are rendering your Client Component _from within_ a Server Component, ensure that its props are serializable.
+  <strong>Note:</strong>
+  <br />
+  It's up to you to secure your custom views. If your view requires a user to be logged in or to
+  have certain access rights, you should handle that within your view component yourself.
 </Banner>
 
-### Accessing the Payload Config
+#### Example
 
-From any Server Component, the [Payload Config](../configuration/overview) can be accessed directly from the `payload` prop:
+You can find examples of custom views in the [Payload source code `/test/admin/components/views` folder](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/master/test/admin/components/views). There, you'll find two custom views:
+
+1. A custom view that uses the `DefaultTemplate`, which is the built-in Payload template that displays the sidebar and "eyebrow nav"
+1. A custom view that uses the `MinimalTemplate` - which is just a centered template used for things like logging in or out
+
+To see how to pass in your custom views to create custom views of your own, take a look at the `admin.components.views` property of the [Payload test admin config](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/master/test/admin/config.ts).
+
+### Fields
+
+All Payload fields support the ability to swap in your own React components. So, for example, instead of rendering a default Text input, you might need to render a color picker that provides the editor with a custom color picker interface to restrict the data entered to colors only.
+
+<Banner type="success">
+  <strong>Tip:</strong>
+  <br />
+  Don't see a built-in field type that you need? Build it! Using a combination of custom validation
+  and custom components, you can override the entirety of how a component functions within the admin
+  panel and effectively create your own field type.
+</Banner>
+
+**Fields support the following custom components:**
+
+| Component    | Description                                                                                                                 |
+| ------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`Filter`** | Override the text input that is presented in the `List` view when a user is filtering documents by the customized field.    |
+| **`Cell`**   | Used in the `List` view's table to represent a table-based preview of the data stored in the field. [More](#cell-component) |
+| **`Field`**  | Swap out the field itself within all `Edit` views. [More](#field-component)                                                 |
+
+## Cell Component
+
+These are the props that will be passed to your custom Cell to use in your own components.
+
+| Property         | Description                                                       |
+| ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`field`**      | An object that includes the field configuration.                  |
+| **`colIndex`**   | A unique number for the column in the list.                       |
+| **`collection`** | An object with the config of the collection that the field is in. |
+| **`cellData`**   | The data for the field that the cell represents.                  |
+| **`rowData`**    | An object with all the field values for the row.                  |
+
+#### Example
 
 ```tsx
 import React from 'react'
+import './index.scss'
+const baseClass = 'custom-cell'
 
-export default async function MyServerComponent({
-  payload: {
-    config // highlight-line
-  }
-}) {
-  return (
-    <Link href={config.serverURL}>
-      Go Home
-    </Link>
-  )
+const CustomCell: React.FC<Props> = (props) => {
+  const { field, colIndex, collection, cellData, rowData } = props
+
+  return <span className={baseClass}>{cellData}</span>
 }
 ```
 
-But, the Payload Config is [non-serializable](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/use-client#serializable-types) by design. It is full of custom validation functions, React components, etc. This means that the Payload Config, in its entirety, cannot be passed directly to Client Components.
+## Field Component
 
-For this reason, Payload creates a Client Config and passes it into the Config Provider. This is a serializable version of the Payload Config that can be accessed from any Client Component via the [`useConfig`](./hooks#useconfig) hook:
+When writing your own custom components you can make use of a number of hooks to set data, get reactive changes to other fields, get the id of the document or interact with a context from a custom provider.
+
+### Sending and receiving values from the form
+
+When swapping out the `Field` component, you'll be responsible for sending and receiving the field's `value` from the form itself. To do so, import the `useField` hook as follows:
 
 ```tsx
-'use client'
-import React from 'react'
-import { useConfig } from '@payloadcms/ui'
+import { useField } from 'payload/components/forms'
 
-export const MyClientComponent: React.FC = () => {
-  const { config: { serverURL } } = useConfig() // highlight-line
+type Props = { path: string }
 
-  return (
-    <Link href={serverURL}>
-      Go Home
-    </Link>
-  )
+const CustomTextField: React.FC<Props> = ({ path }) => {
+  // highlight-start
+  const { value, setValue } = useField<Props>({ path })
+  // highlight-end
+
+  return <input onChange={(e) => setValue(e.target.value)} value={value.path} />
 }
 ```
 
 <Banner type="success">
-  See [Using Hooks](#using-hooks) for more details.
+  For more information regarding the hooks that are available to you while you build custom
+  components, including the <strong>useField</strong> hook, [click here](/docs/admin/hooks).
 </Banner>
 
-All [Field Components](./fields) automatically receive their respective Field Config through props.
+## Custom providers
 
-```tsx
-import React from 'react'
-import type { TextFieldServerComponent } from 'payload'
+As your admin customizations gets more complex you may want to share state between fields or other components. You can add custom providers to do add your own context to any Payload app for use in other custom components within the admin panel. Within your config add `admin.components.providers`, these can be used to share context or provide other custom functionality. Read the [React context](https://reactjs.org/docs/context.html) docs to learn more.
 
-export const MyClientFieldComponent: TextFieldServerComponent = ({ field: { name } }) => {
-  return (
-    <p>
-      {`This field's name is ${name}`}
-    </p>
-  )
-}
+<Banner type="warning">
+  <strong>Reminder:</strong> Don't forget to pass the **children** prop through the provider
+  component for the admin UI to show
+</Banner>
+
+### Styling Custom Components
+
+Payload exports its SCSS variables and mixins for reuse in your own custom components. This is helpful in cases where you might want to style a custom input similarly to Payload's built-ini styling, so it blends more thoroughly into the existing admin UI.
+
+To make use of Payload SCSS variables / mixins to use directly in your own components, you can import them as follows:
+
+```
+@import '~payload/scss';
 ```
 
-### Getting the Current Language
+### Getting the current language
 
-All Custom Components can support multiple languages to be consistent with Payload's [Internationalization](../configuration/i18n). To do this, first add your translation resources to the [I18n Config](../configuration/i18n).
+When developing custom components you can support multiple languages to be consistent with Payload's i18n support. The best way to do this is to add your translation resources to the [i18n configuration](https://payloadcms.com/docs/configuration/i18n) and import `useTranslation` from `react-i18next` in your components.
 
-From any Server Component, you can translate resources using the `getTranslation` function from `@payloadcms/translations`. All Server Components automatically receive the `i18n` object as a prop by default.
+For example:
 
 ```tsx
-import React from 'react'
-import { getTranslation } from '@payloadcms/translations'
+import { useTranslation } from 'react-i18next'
 
-export default async function MyServerComponent({ i18n }) {
-  const translatedTitle = getTranslation(myTranslation, i18n) // highlight-line
-
-  return (
-    <p>{translatedTitle}</p>
-  )
-}
-```
-
-The best way to do this within a Client Component is to import the `useTranslation` hook from `@payloadcms/ui`:
-
-```tsx
-'use client'
-import React from 'react'
-import { useTranslation } from '@payloadcms/ui'
-
-export const MyClientComponent: React.FC = () => {
-  const { t, i18n } = useTranslation() // highlight-line
+const CustomComponent: React.FC = () => {
+  // highlight-start
+  const { t, i18n } = useTranslation('namespace1')
+  // highlight-end
 
   return (
     <ul>
-      <li>{t('namespace1:key', { variable: 'value' })}</li>
+      <li>{t('key', { variable: 'value' })}</li>
       <li>{t('namespace2:key', { variable: 'value' })}</li>
       <li>{i18n.language}</li>
     </ul>
@@ -345,206 +522,23 @@ export const MyClientComponent: React.FC = () => {
 }
 ```
 
-<Banner type="success">
-  See the [Hooks](./hooks) documentation for a full list of available hooks.
-</Banner>
+### Getting the current locale
 
-### Getting the Current Locale
-
-All [Custom Views](./views) can support multiple locales to be consistent with Payload's [Localization](../configuration/localization). They automatically receive the `locale` object as a prop by default. This can be used to scope API requests, etc.:
+In any custom component you can get the selected locale with `useLocale` hook. `useLocale` returns the full locale object, consisting of a `label`, `rtl`(right-to-left) property, and then `code`. Here is a simple example:
 
 ```tsx
-import React from 'react'
-
-export default async function MyServerComponent({ payload, locale }) {
-  const localizedPage = await payload.findByID({
-    collection: 'pages',
-    id: '123',
-    locale,
-  })
-
-  return (
-    <p>{localizedPage.title}</p>
-  )
-}
-```
-
-The best way to do this within a Client Component is to import the `useLocale` hook from `@payloadcms/ui`:
-
-```tsx
-'use client'
-import React from 'react'
-import { useLocale } from '@payloadcms/ui'
+import { useLocale } from 'payload/components/utilities'
 
 const Greeting: React.FC = () => {
-  const locale = useLocale() // highlight-line
+  // highlight-start
+  const locale = useLocale()
+  // highlight-end
 
   const trans = {
     en: 'Hello',
     es: 'Hola',
   }
 
-  return (
-    <span>{trans[locale.code]}</span>
-  )
+  return <span> {trans[locale.code]} </span>
 }
 ```
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  See the [Hooks](./hooks) documentation for a full list of available hooks.
-</Banner>
-
-### Using Hooks
-
-To make it easier to [build your Custom Components](#building-custom-components), you can use [Payload's built-in React Hooks](./hooks) in any Client Component. For example, you might want to interact with one of Payload's many React Contexts. To do this, you can one of the many hooks available depending on your needs.
-
-```tsx
-'use client'
-import React from 'react'
-import { useDocumentInfo } from '@payloadcms/ui'
-
-export const MyClientComponent: React.FC = () => {
-  const { slug } = useDocumentInfo() // highlight-line
-
-  return (
-    <p>{`Entity slug: ${slug}`}</p>
-  )
-}
-```
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  See the [Hooks](./hooks) documentation for a full list of available hooks.
-</Banner>
-
-### Adding Styles
-
-Payload has a robust [CSS Library](./customizing-css) that you can use to style your Custom Components similarly to Payload's built-in styling. This will ensure that your Custom Components match the existing design system, and so that they automatically adapt to any theme changes that might occur.
-
-To apply custom styles, simply import your own `.css` or `.scss` file into your Custom Component:
-
-```tsx
-import './index.scss'
-
-export const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
-  return (
-    <div className="my-component">
-      My Custom Component
-    </div>
-  )
-}
-```
-
-Then to colorize your Custom Component's background, for example, you can use the following CSS:
-
-```scss
-.my-component {
-  background-color: var(--theme-elevation-500);
-}
-```
-
-Payload also exports its [SCSS](https://sass-lang.com) library for reuse which includes mixins, etc. To use this, simply import it as follows into your `.scss` file:
-
-```scss
-@import '~payload/scss';
-
-.my-component {
-  @include mid-break {
-    background-color: var(--theme-elevation-900);
-  }
-}
-```
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  You can also drill into Payload's own component styles, or easily apply global, app-wide CSS. More on that [here](./customizing-css).
-</Banner>
-
-
-## Root Components
-
-Root Components are those that effect the [Admin Panel](./overview) generally, such as the logo or the main nav.
-
-To override Root Components, use the `admin.components` property in your [Payload Config](../getting-started/overview):
-
-```ts
-import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export default buildConfig({
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    // highlight-start
-    components: {
-      // ...
-    },
-    // highlight-end
-  },
-})
-```
-
-_For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](#building-custom-components)._
-
-The following options are available:
-
-| Path                  | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
-|-----------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`Nav`**             | Contains the sidebar / mobile menu in its entirety.                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| **`beforeNavLinks`**  | An array of Custom Components to inject into the built-in Nav, _before_ the links themselves.                                                                                                                       |
-| **`afterNavLinks`**   | An array of Custom Components to inject into the built-in Nav, _after_ the links.                                                                                                                                   |
-| **`beforeDashboard`** | An array of Custom Components to inject into the built-in Dashboard, _before_ the default dashboard contents.                                                                                                       |
-| **`afterDashboard`**  | An array of Custom Components to inject into the built-in Dashboard, _after_ the default dashboard contents.                                                                                                        |
-| **`beforeLogin`**     | An array of Custom Components to inject into the built-in Login, _before_ the default login form.                                                                                                                   |
-| **`afterLogin`**      | An array of Custom Components to inject into the built-in Login, _after_ the default login form.                                                                                                                    |
-| **`logout.Button`**   | The button displayed in the sidebar that logs the user out.                                                                                                                                                         |
-| **`graphics.Icon`**   | The simplified logo used in contexts like the the `Nav` component.                                                                                                                                                  |
-| **`graphics.Logo`**   | The full logo used in contexts like the `Login` view.                                                                                                                                                               |
-| **`providers`**       | Custom [React Context](https://react.dev/learn/scaling-up-with-reducer-and-context) providers that will wrap the entire Admin Panel. [More details](#custom-providers).                                       |
-| **`actions`**         | An array of Custom Components to be rendered _within_ the header of the Admin Panel, providing additional interactivity and functionality.                                                                  |
-| **`header`**          | An array of Custom Components to be injected above the Payload header.                                                   |
-| **`views`**           | Override or create new views within the Admin Panel. [More details](./views).                                                                                                                                 |
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  You can also use set [Collection Components](./collections#custom-components) and [Global Components](./globals#custom-components) in their respective configs.
-</Banner>
-
-### Custom Providers
-
-As you add more and more Custom Components to your [Admin Panel](./overview), you may find it helpful to add additional [React Context](https://react.dev/learn/scaling-up-with-reducer-and-context)(s). Payload allows you to inject your own context providers in your app so you can export your own custom hooks, etc.
-
-To add a Custom Provider, use the `admin.components.providers` property in your [Payload Config](../getting-started/overview):
-
-```ts
-import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export default buildConfig({
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    components: {
-      providers: ['/path/to/MyProvider'], // highlight-line
-    },
-  },
-})
-```
-
-Then build your Custom Provider as follows:
-
-```tsx
-'use client'
-import React, { createContext, useContext } from 'react'
-
-const MyCustomContext = React.createContext(myCustomValue)
-
-export const MyProvider: React.FC = ({ children }) => {
-  return (
-    <MyCustomContext.Provider value={myCustomValue}>
-      {children}
-    </MyCustomContext.Provider>
-  )
-}
-
-export const useMyCustomContext = () => useContext(MyCustomContext)
-```
-
-<Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Reminder:</strong>React Context exists only within Client Components. This means they must include the `use client` directive at the top of their files and cannot contain server-only code. To use a Server Component here, simply _wrap_ your Client Component with it.
-</Banner>

docs/admin/customizing-css.mdx

@@ -1,86 +1,51 @@
 ---
 title: Customizing CSS & SCSS
 label: Customizing CSS
-order: 80
-desc: Customize the Payload Admin Panel further by adding your own CSS or SCSS style sheet to the configuration, powerful theme and design options are waiting for you.
-keywords: admin, css, scss, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
+order: 40
+desc: Customize your Payload admin panel further by adding your own CSS or SCSS style sheet to the configuration, powerful theme and design options are waiting for you.
+keywords: admin, css, scss, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
 ---
 
-Customizing the Payload [Admin Panel](./overview) through CSS alone is one of the easiest and most powerful ways to customize the look and feel of the dashboard. To allow for this level of customization, Payload:
+### Adding your own CSS / SCSS
 
-1. Exposes a [root-level stylesheet](#global-css) for you to inject custom selectors
-1. Provides a [CSS library](#css-library) that can be easily overridden or extended
-1. Uses [BEM naming conventions](http://getbem.com) so that class names are globally accessible
+You can add your own CSS by providing your base Payload config with a path to your own CSS or SCSS. Customize the styling of any part of the Payload dashboard as necessary.
 
-To customize the CSS within the Admin UI, determine scope and change you'd like to make, and then add your own CSS or SCSS to the configuration as needed.
+To do so, provide your base Payload config with a path to your own stylesheet. It can be either a CSS or SCSS file.
 
-## Global CSS
+**Example in payload.config.js:**
 
-Global CSS refers to the CSS that is applied to the entire [Admin Panel](./overview). This is where you can have a significant impact to the look and feel of the Admin UI through just a few lines of code.
+```ts
+import { buildConfig } from 'payload/config'
+import path from 'path'
 
-You can add your own global CSS through the root `custom.scss` file of your app. This file is loaded into the root of the Admin Panel and can be used to inject custom selectors or styles however needed.
-
-Here is an example of how you might target the Dashboard View and change the background color:
-
-```scss
-.dashboard {
-  background-color: red; // highlight-line
-}
+const config = buildConfig({
+  admin: {
+    css: path.resolve(__dirname, 'relative/path/to/stylesheet.scss'),
+  },
+})
 ```
 
+### Overriding built-in styles
+
+To make it as easy as possible for you to override our styles, Payload uses [BEM naming conventions](http://getbem.com/) for all CSS within the Admin UI. If you provide your own CSS, you can override any built-in styles easily.
+
+In addition to adding your own style definitions, you can also override Payload's built-in CSS variables. We use as much as possible behind the scenes, and you can override any of them that you'd like to.
+
+You can find the built-in Payload CSS variables within [`./src/admin/scss/app.scss`](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/payload/src/admin/scss/app.scss) and [`./src/admin/scss/colors.scss`](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/payload/src/admin/scss/colors.scss). The following variables are defined and can be overridden:
+
+- Breakpoints
+- Base color shades (white to black by default)
+- Success / warning / error color shades
+- Theme-specific colors (background, input background, text color, etc.)
+- Elevation colors (used to determine how "bright" something should be when compared to the background)
+- Fonts
+- Horizontal gutter
+
+#### Dark mode
+
 <Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  If you are building [Custom Components](./components), it is best to import your own stylesheets directly into your components, rather than using the global stylesheet. You can continue to use the [CSS library](#css-library) as needed.
+  If you're overriding colors or theme elevations, make sure to consider how your changes will
+  affect dark mode.
 </Banner>
 
-### Specificity rules
-
-All Payload CSS is encapsulated inside CSS layers under `@layer payload-default`. Any custom css will now have the highest possible specificity.
-
-We have also provided a layer `@layer payload` if you want to use layers and ensure that your styles are applied after payload.
-
-To override existing styles in a way that the previous rules of specificity would be respected you can use the default layer like so
-```css
-@layer payload-default {
-  // my styles within the payload specificity
-}
-```
-
-## Re-using Payload SCSS variables and utilities
-
-You can re-use Payload's SCSS variables and utilities in your own stylesheets by importing it from the UI package.
-
-```scss
-@import '~@payloadcms/ui/scss';
-```
-
-## CSS Library
-
-To make it as easy as possible for you to override default styles, Payload uses [BEM naming conventions](http://getbem.com/) for all CSS within the Admin UI. If you provide your own CSS, you can override any built-in styles easily, including targeting nested components and their various component states.
-
-You can also override Payload's built-in [CSS Variables](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS/Using_CSS_custom_properties). These variables are widely consumed by the Admin Panel, so modifying them has a significant impact on the look and feel of the Admin UI.
-
-The following variables are defined and can be overridden:
-
-- [Breakpoints](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/ui/src/scss/queries.scss)
-- [Colors](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/ui/src/scss/colors.scss)
-  - Base color shades (white to black by default)
-  - Success / warning / error color shades
-  - Theme-specific colors (background, input background, text color, etc.)
-  - Elevation colors (used to determine how "bright" something should be when compared to the background)
-- [Sizing](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/ui/src/scss/app.scss)
-  - Horizontal gutter
-  - Transition speeds
-  - Font sizes
-  - Etc.
-
-For an up-to-date, comprehensive list of all available variables, please refer to the [Source Code](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/ui/src/scss).
-
-<Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Warning:</strong>
-  If you're overriding colors or theme elevations, make sure to consider how [your changes will affect dark mode](#dark-mode).
-</Banner>
-
-#### Dark Mode
-
-Colors are designed to automatically adapt to theme of the [Admin Panel](./overview). By default, Payload automatically overrides all `--theme-elevation` colors and inverts all success / warning / error shades to suit dark mode. We also update some base theme variables like `--theme-bg`, `--theme-text`, etc.
+By default, Payload automatically overrides all `--theme-elevation`s and inverts all success / warning / error shades to suit dark mode. We also update some base theme variables like `--theme-bg`, `--theme-text`, etc.

docs/admin/environment-vars.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+---
+title: Environment Variables in Admin UI
+label: Environment Variables
+order: 100
+desc: NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN
+---
+
+## Admin environment vars
+
+<Banner type="warning">
+  <strong>Important:</strong>
+  <br />
+  Be careful about what variables you provide to your client-side code. Analyze every single one to
+  make sure that you're not accidentally leaking anything that an attacker could exploit. Only keys
+  that are safe for anyone to read in plain text should be provided to your Admin panel.
+</Banner>
+
+By default, `env` variables are **not** provided to the Admin panel for security and safety reasons.
+But, Payload provides you with a way to still provide `env` vars to your frontend code.
+
+**Payload will automatically supply any present `env` variables that are prefixed with `PAYLOAD_PUBLIC_` directly to the Admin panel.**
+
+For example, if you've got the following environment variable:
+
+`PAYLOAD_PUBLIC_STRIPE_PUBLISHABLE_KEY=pk_test_XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX`
+
+This key will automatically be made available to the Payload bundle and can be referenced in your Admin component code as `process.env.PAYLOAD_PUBLIC_STRIPE_PUBLISHABLE_KEY`.

docs/admin/excluding-server-code.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+---
+title: Excluding server-only code from admin UI
+label: Excluding server code
+order: 70
+desc: Learn how to exclude server-only code from the Payload Admin UI bundle
+---
+
+Because the Admin Panel browser bundle includes your Payload Config file, files using server-only modules need to be excluded.
+It's common for your config to rely on server only modules to perform logic in access control functions, hooks, and other contexts.
+
+Any file that imports a server-only module such as `fs`, `stripe`, `authorizenet`, `nodemailer`, etc. **cannot** be included in the browser bundle.
+
+#### Example Scenario
+
+Say we have a collection called `Subscriptions` that has a `beforeChange` hook that creates a Stripe subscription whenever a Subscription document is created in Payload.
+
+**Collection config**:
+
+```ts
+// collections/Subscriptions/index.ts
+
+import { CollectionConfig } from 'payload/types'
+import createStripeSubscription from './hooks/createStripeSubscription'
+
+export const Subscription: CollectionConfig = {
+  slug: 'subscriptions',
+  hooks: {
+    beforeChange: [createStripeSubscription],
+  },
+  fields: [
+    {
+      name: 'stripeSubscriptionID',
+      type: 'text',
+      required: true,
+    },
+  ],
+}
+```
+
+**Collection hook**:
+
+```ts
+// collections/Subscriptions/hooks/createStripeSubscription.ts
+
+// highlight-start
+import Stripe from 'stripe' // <-- server-only module
+// highlight-end
+
+const stripe = new Stripe(process.env.STRIPE_SECRET_KEY)
+
+export const createStripeSubscription = async ({ data, operation }) => {
+  if (operation === 'create') {
+    const dataWithStripeID = { ...data }
+
+    // use Stripe to create a Stripe subscription
+    const subscription = await stripe.subscriptions.create({
+      // Configure the subscription accordingly
+    })
+
+    // Automatically add the Stripe subscription ID
+    // to the data that will be saved to this Subscription doc
+    dataWithStripeID.stripeSubscriptionID = subscription.id
+
+    return dataWithStripeID
+  }
+
+  return data
+}
+```
+
+<Banner type="error">
+  <strong>Warning:</strong>
+  <br />
+  The above code is NOT production-ready and should not be referenced to create Stripe
+  subscriptions. Although creating a beforeChange hook is a completely valid spot to do things like
+  create subscriptions, the code above is incomplete and insecure, meant for explanation purposes
+  only.
+</Banner>
+
+**As-is, this collection will prevent your Admin panel from bundling or loading correctly, because Stripe relies on some Node-only packages.**
+
+#### How to fix this
+
+You need to make sure that you use `alias`es to tell your bundler to import "safe" files vs. attempting to import any server-side code that you need to get rid of. Depending on your bundler (Webpack, Vite, etc.) the steps involved may be slightly different.
+
+The basic idea is to create a file that exports an empty object, and then alias import paths of any files that import server-only modules to that empty object file.
+
+This way when your bundler goes to import a file that contains server-only modules, it will instead import the empty object file, which will not break the browser bundle.
+
+### Aliasing server-only modules
+
+To remove files that contain server-only modules from your bundle, you can use an `alias`.
+
+First create new file that exports an empty object:
+```js
+// mocks/emptyObject.js
+
+export default {}
+```
+
+Then, in your Payload config, you can alias the file containing the server-only module to the mock module. For example, here's how you'd do this in Webpack:
+
+```ts
+// payload.config.ts
+
+import { buildConfig } from 'payload/config'
+import { webpackBundler } from '@payloadcms/bundler-webpack'
+
+const mockModulePath = path.resolve(__dirname, 'mocks/emptyObject.js')
+const pathToFileWithServerOnlyModule = path.resolve(__dirname, 'hooks/syncStripeCustomer.ts')
+
+export default buildConfig({
+  admin: {
+    bundler: webpackBundler(),
+    webpack: (config) => {
+      return {
+        ...config,
+        resolve: {
+          ...config.resolve,
+          // highlight-start
+          alias: {
+            ...config.resolve.alias,
+            [pathToFileWithServerOnlyModule]: mockModulePath,
+          },
+          // highlight-end
+        },
+      }
+    },
+  },
+})
+```

docs/admin/fields.mdx

@@ -1,509 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Customizing Fields
-label: Customizing Fields
-order: 60
-desc:
-keywords:
----
-
-[Fields](../fields/overview) within the [Admin Panel](./overview) can be endlessly customized in their appearance and behavior without affecting their underlying data structure. Fields are designed to withstand heavy modification or even complete replacement through the use of [Custom Field Components](#custom-components), [Conditional Logic](#conditional-logic), [Custom Validations](../fields/overview#validation), and more.
-
-For example, your app might need to render a specific interface that Payload does not inherently support, such as a color picker. To do this, you could replace the default [Text Field](../fields/text) input with your own user-friendly component that formats the data into a valid color value.
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Tip:</strong>
-  Don't see a built-in field type that you need? Build it! Using a combination of [Field Validations](../fields/overview#validation)
-  and [Custom Components](./components), you can override the entirety of how a component functions within the [Admin Panel](./overview) to effectively create your own field type.
-</Banner>
-
-## Admin Options
-
-You can customize the appearance and behavior of fields within the [Admin Panel](./overview) through the `admin` property of any [Field Config](../fields/overview):
-
-```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const CollectionConfig: CollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  fields: [
-    // ...
-    {
-      name: 'myField',
-      type: 'text',
-      admin: { // highlight-line
-        // ...
-      },
-    }
-  ]
-}
-```
-
-The following options are available:
-
-| Option                  | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
-| ----------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`condition`**         | Programmatically show / hide fields based on other fields. [More details](../admin/fields#conditional-logic).                                                                                                                    |
-| **`components`**        | All Field Components can be swapped out for [Custom Components](../admin/components) that you define. [More details](../admin/fields).                                                                                           |
-| **`description`**       | Helper text to display alongside the field to provide more information for the editor. [More details](../admin/fields#description).                                                                                              |
-| **`position`**          | Specify if the field should be rendered in the sidebar by defining `position: 'sidebar'`.                                                                                                                                        |
-| **`width`**             | Restrict the width of a field. You can pass any string-based value here, be it pixels, percentages, etc. This property is especially useful when fields are nested within a `Row` type where they can be organized horizontally. |
-| **`style`**             | [CSS Properties](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS) to inject into the root element of the field.                                                                                                                 |
-| **`className`**         | Attach a [CSS class attribute](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS/Class_selectors) to the root DOM element of a field.                                                                                             |
-| **`readOnly`**          | Setting a field to `readOnly` has no effect on the API whatsoever but disables the admin component's editability to prevent editors from modifying the field's value.                                                            |
-| **`disabled`**          | If a field is `disabled`, it is completely omitted from the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) entirely.                                                                                                                           |
-| **`disableBulkEdit`**   | Set `disableBulkEdit` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the select options when making edits for multiple documents. Defaults to `true` for UI fields.                                                               |
-| **`disableListColumn`** | Set `disableListColumn` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the list view column selector.                                                                                                                             |
-| **`disableListFilter`** | Set `disableListFilter` to `true` to prevent fields from appearing in the list view filter options.                                                                                                                              |
-| **`hidden`**            | Will transform the field into a `hidden` input type. Its value will still submit with requests in the Admin Panel, but the field itself will not be visible to editors.                                                          |
-
-## Field Descriptions
-
-Field Descriptions are used to provide additional information to the editor about a field, such as special instructions. Their placement varies from field to field, but typically are displayed with subtle style differences beneath the field inputs.
-
-A description can be configured in three ways:
-
-  - As a string.
-  - As a function which returns a string. [More details](#description-functions).
-  - As a React component. [More details](#description).
-
-To add a Custom Description to a field, use the `admin.description` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
-
-```ts
-import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const MyCollectionConfig: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  fields: [
-    // ...
-    {
-      name: 'myField',
-      type: 'text',
-      admin: {
-        description: 'Hello, world!' // highlight-line
-      },
-    },
-  ]
-}
-```
-
-<Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Reminder:</strong>
-  To replace the Field Description with a [Custom Component](./components), use the `admin.components.Description` property. [More details](#description).
-</Banner>
-
-#### Description Functions
-
-Custom Descriptions can also be defined as a function. Description Functions are executed on the server and can be used to format simple descriptions based on the user's current [Locale](../configuration/localization).
-
-To add a Description Function to a field, set the `admin.description` property to a _function_ in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
-
-```ts
-import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const MyCollectionConfig: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  fields: [
-    // ...
-    {
-      name: 'myField',
-      type: 'text',
-      admin: {
-        description: ({ t }) => `${t('Hello, world!')}` // highlight-line
-      },
-    },
-  ]
-}
-```
-
-All Description Functions receive the following arguments:
-
-| Argument       | Description                                                      |
-| -------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`t`**        | The `t` function used to internationalize the Admin Panel. [More details](../configuration/i18n) |
-
-<Banner type="info">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  If you need to subscribe to live updates within your form, use a Description Component instead. [More details](#description).
-</Banner>
-
-## Conditional Logic
-
-You can show and hide fields based on what other fields are doing by utilizing conditional logic on a field by field basis. The `condition` property on a field's admin config accepts a function which takes three arguments:
-
-- `data` - the entire document's data that is currently being edited
-- `siblingData` - only the fields that are direct siblings to the field with the condition
-- `{ user }` - the final argument is an object containing the currently authenticated user
-
-The `condition` function should return a boolean that will control if the field should be displayed or not.
-
-**Example:**
-
-```ts
-{
-  fields: [
-    {
-      name: 'enableGreeting',
-      type: 'checkbox',
-      defaultValue: false,
-    },
-    {
-      name: 'greeting',
-      type: 'text',
-      admin: {
-        // highlight-start
-        condition: (data, siblingData, { user }) => {
-          if (data.enableGreeting) {
-            return true
-          } else {
-            return false
-          }
-        },
-        // highlight-end
-      },
-    },
-  ]
-}
-```
-
-## Custom Components
-
-Within the [Admin Panel](./overview), fields are represented in three distinct places:
-
-- [Field](#field) - The actual form field rendered in the Edit View.
-- [Cell](#cell) - The table cell component rendered in the List View.
-- [Filter](#filter) - The filter component rendered in the List View.
-
-To swap in Field Components with your own, use the `admin.components` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
-
-```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const CollectionConfig: CollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  fields: [
-    // ...
-    {
-      // ...
-      admin: {
-        components: { // highlight-line
-          // ...
-        },
-      },
-    }
-  ]
-}
-```
-
-The following options are available:
-
-| Component    | Description                                                                                                                 |
-| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`Field`**  | The form field rendered of the Edit View. [More details](#field).                                                |
-| **`Cell`**   | The table cell rendered of the List View. [More details](#cell).              |
-| **`Filter`** | The filter component rendered in the List View. [More details](#filter). |
-| **`Label`**       | Override the default Label of the Field Component. [More details](#label).                                    |
-| **`Error`**       | Override the default Error of the Field Component. [More details](#error).                                    |
-| **`Description`** | Override the default Description of the Field Component. [More details](#description).                      |
-| **`beforeInput`** | An array of elements that will be added before the input of the Field Component. [More details](#afterinput-and-beforeinput).|
-| **`afterInput`**  | An array of elements that will be added after the input of the Field Component. [More details](#afterinput-and-beforeinput). |
-
-### Field
-
-The Field Component is the actual form field rendered in the Edit View. This is the input that user's will interact with when editing a document.
-
-To swap in your own Field Component, use the `admin.components.Field` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
-
-```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const CollectionConfig: CollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  fields: [
-    // ...
-    {
-      // ...
-      admin: {
-        components: {
-          Field: '/path/to/MyFieldComponent', // highlight-line
-        },
-      },
-    }
-  ]
-}
-```
-
-_For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components)._
-
-<Banner type="warning">
-  Instead of replacing the entire Field Component, you can alternately replace or slot-in only specific parts by using the [`Label`](#label), [`Error`](#error), [`beforeInput`](#afterinput-and-beforinput), and [`afterInput`](#afterinput-and-beforinput) properties.
-</Banner>
-
-#### Default Props
-
-All Field Components receive the following props by default:
-
-| Property         | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
-| ---------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`docPreferences`** | An object that contains the [Preferences](./preferences) for the document.
-| **`field`** | In Client Components, this is the sanitized Client Field Config. In Server Components, this is the original Field Config. Server Components will also receive the sanitized field config through the`clientField` prop (see below). |
-| **`locale`**     | The locale of the field. [More details](../configuration/localization).                                                                                                                                                                   |
-| **`readOnly`**   | A boolean value that represents if the field is read-only or not.                                                                                                                                                                  |
-| **`user`**       | The currently authenticated user. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
-| **`validate`**   | A function that can be used to validate the field.                                                                                                                                                                                 |
-| **`path`**       | A string representing the direct, dynamic path to the field at runtime, i.e. `myGroup.myArray.0.myField`. |
-| **`schemaPath`** | A string representing the direct, static path to the [Field Config](../fields/overview), i.e. `posts.myGroup.myArray.myField`. |
-| **`indexPath`**  | A hyphen-notated string representing the path to the field _within the nearest named ancestor field_, i.e. `0-0` |
-
-In addition to the above props, all Server Components will also receive the following props:
-
-| Property         | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                      |
-| ---------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`clientField`** | The serializable Client Field Config. |
-| **`field`** | The Field Config. [More details](../fields/overview). |
-| **`data`**       | The current document being edited.                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-| **`i18n`**       | The [i18n](../configuration/i18n) object.
-| **`payload`**    | The [Payload](../local-api/overview) class.                                                           |
-| **`permissions`** | The field permissions based on the currently authenticated user.                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-| **`siblingData`** | The data of the field's siblings.                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-| **`user`**       | The currently authenticated user. [More details](../authentication/overview). |
-| **`value`**      | The value of the field at render-time.                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-
-#### Sending and receiving values from the form
-
-When swapping out the `Field` component, you are responsible for sending and receiving the field's `value` from the form itself.
-
-To do so, import the [`useField`](./hooks#usefield) hook from `@payloadcms/ui` and use it to manage the field's value:
-
-```tsx
-'use client'
-import { useField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
-
-export const CustomTextField: React.FC = () => {
-  const { value, setValue } = useField() // highlight-line
-
-  return (
-    <input
-      onChange={(e) => setValue(e.target.value)}
-      value={value}
-    />
-  )
-}
-```
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  For a complete list of all available React hooks, see the [Payload React Hooks](./hooks) documentation. For additional help, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
-</Banner>
-
-#### TypeScript
-
-When building Custom Field Components, you can import the client field props to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Field Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to prepend the field type onto the target type, i.e. `TextFieldClientComponent`:
-
-```tsx
-import type {
-  TextFieldClientComponent,
-  TextFieldServerComponent,
-  TextFieldClientProps,
-  TextFieldServerProps,
-  // ...and so on for each Field Type
-} from 'payload'
-```
-
-### Cell
-
-The Cell Component is rendered in the table of the List View. It represents the value of the field when displayed in a table cell.
-
-To swap in your own Cell Component, use the `admin.components.Cell` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
-
-```ts
-import type { Field } from 'payload'
-
-export const myField: Field = {
-  name: 'myField',
-  type: 'text',
-  admin: {
-    components: {
-      Cell: '/path/to/MyCustomCellComponent', // highlight-line
-    },
-  },
-}
-```
-
-All Cell Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field), plus the following:
-
-| Property         | Description                                                       |
-| ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`link`** | A boolean representing whether this cell should be wrapped in a link. |
-| **`onClick`** | A function that is called when the cell is clicked. |
-
-For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
-
-### Filter
-
-The Filter Component is the actual input element rendered within the "Filter By" dropdown of the List View used to represent this field when building filters.
-
-To swap in your own Filter Component, use the `admin.components.Filter` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
-
-```ts
-import type { Field } from 'payload'
-
-export const myField: Field = {
-  name: 'myField',
-  type: 'text',
-  admin: {
-    components: {
-      Filter: '/path/to/MyCustomFilterComponent', // highlight-line
-    },
-  },
-}
-```
-
-All Custom Filter Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
-
-For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
-
-### Label
-
-The Label Component is rendered anywhere a field needs to be represented by a label. This is typically used in the Edit View, but can also be used in the List View and elsewhere.
-
-To swap in your own Label Component, use the `admin.components.Label` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
-
-```ts
-import type { Field } from 'payload'
-
-export const myField: Field = {
-  name: 'myField',
-  type: 'text',
-  admin: {
-    components: {
-      Label: '/path/to/MyCustomLabelComponent', // highlight-line
-    },
-  },
-}
-```
-
-All Custom Label Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
-
-For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
-
-#### TypeScript
-
-When building Custom Label Components, you can import the component types to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Label Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to append `LabelServerComponent` or `LabelClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldLabelClientComponent`.
-
-```tsx
-import type {
-  TextFieldLabelServerComponent,
-  TextFieldLabelClientComponent,
-  // ...and so on for each Field Type
-} from 'payload'
-```
-
-### Description
-
-Alternatively to the [Description Property](#the-description-property), you can also use a [Custom Component](./components) as the Field Description. This can be useful when you need to provide more complex feedback to the user, such as rendering dynamic field values or other interactive elements.
-
-To add a Description Component to a field, use the `admin.components.Description` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
-
-```ts
-import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const MyCollectionConfig: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  fields: [
-    // ...
-    {
-      name: 'myField',
-      type: 'text',
-      admin: {
-        components: {
-          Description: '/path/to/MyCustomDescriptionComponent', // highlight-line
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  ]
-}
-```
-
-All Custom Description Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
-
-For details on how to build a Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
-
-#### TypeScript
-
-When building Custom Description Components, you can import the component props to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Description Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to append `DescriptionServerComponent` or `DescriptionClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldDescriptionClientComponent`.
-
-```tsx
-import type {
-  TextFieldDescriptionServerComponent,
-  TextFieldDescriptionClientComponent,
-  // And so on for each Field Type
-} from 'payload'
-```
-
-### Error
-
-The Error Component is rendered when a field fails validation. It is typically displayed beneath the field input in a visually-compelling style.
-
-To swap in your own Error Component, use the `admin.components.Error` property in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
-
-```ts
-import type { Field } from 'payload'
-
-export const myField: Field = {
-  name: 'myField',
-  type: 'text',
-  admin: {
-    components: {
-      Error: '/path/to/MyCustomErrorComponent', // highlight-line
-    },
-  },
-}
-```
-
-All Error Components receive the [Default Field Component Props](#field).
-
-For details on how to build Custom Components themselves, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
-
-#### TypeScript
-
-When building Custom Error Components, you can import the component types to ensure type safety in your component. There is an explicit type for the Error Component, one for every [Field Type](../fields/overview) and server/client environment. The convention is to append `ErrorServerComponent` or `ErrorClientComponent` to the type of field, i.e. `TextFieldErrorClientComponent`.
-
-```tsx
-import type {
-  TextFieldErrorServerComponent,
-  TextFieldErrorClientComponent,
-  // And so on for each Field Type
-} from 'payload'
-```
-
-### afterInput and beforeInput
-
-With these properties you can add multiple components _before_ and _after_ the input element, as their name suggests. This is useful when you need to render additional elements alongside the field without replacing the entire field component.
-
-To add components before and after the input element, use the `admin.components.beforeInput` and `admin.components.afterInput` properties in your [Field Config](../fields/overview):
-
-```ts
-import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const MyCollectionConfig: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  fields: [
-    // ...
-    {
-      name: 'myField',
-      type: 'text',
-      admin: {
-        components: {
-          // highlight-start
-          beforeInput: ['/path/to/MyCustomComponent'],
-          afterInput: ['/path/to/MyOtherCustomComponent'],
-          // highlight-end
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  ]
-}
-```
-
-All `afterInput` and `beforeInput` Components receive the same [Default Field Component Props](#field).
-
-For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).

docs/admin/globals.mdx

@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Global Admin Config
-label: Globals
-order: 30
-desc:
-keywords: admin, components, custom, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
----
-
-The behavior of [Globals](../configuration/globals) within the [Admin Panel](./overview) can be fully customized to fit the needs of your application. This includes grouping or hiding their navigation links, adding [Custom Components](./components), setting page metadata, and more.
-
-To configure Admin Options for Globals, use the `admin` property in your Global Config:
-
-```ts
-import { GlobalConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const MyGlobal: GlobalConfig = {
-  // ...
-  admin: { // highlight-line
-    // ...
-  },
-}
-```
-
-## Admin Options
-
-The following options are available:
-
-| Option        | Description                                                                                                                       |
-| ------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`group`**       | Text used as a label for grouping Collection and Global links together in the navigation.                                         |
-| **`hidden`**      | Set to true or a function, called with the current user, returning true to exclude this Global from navigation and admin routing. |
-| **`components`**  | Swap in your own React components to be used within this Global. [More details](#custom-components).                           |
-| **`preview`**     | Function to generate a preview URL within the Admin Panel for this Global that can point to your app. [More details](#preview).           |
-| **`livePreview`** | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview).          |
-| **`hideAPIURL`**  | Hides the "API URL" meta field while editing documents within this collection.                                                    |
-| **`meta`**        | Page metadata overrides to apply to this Global within the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata).                                                                           |
-
-### Custom Components
-
-Globals can set their own [Custom Components](./components) which only apply to [Global](../configuration/globals)-specific UI within the [Admin Panel](./overview). This includes elements such as the Save Button, or entire layouts such as the Edit View.
-
-To override Global Components, use the `admin.components` property in your [Global Config](../configuration/globals):
-
-```ts
-import type { SanitizedGlobalConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const MyGlobal: SanitizedGlobalConfig = {
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    components: { // highlight-line
-      // ...
-    },
-  },
-}
-```
-
-The following options are available:
-
-| Path                           | Description                                                                                                            |
-| ------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`elements.SaveButton`**      | Replace the default Save Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be disabled.                                    |
-| **`elements.SaveDraftButton`** | Replace the default Save Draft Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled and autosave must be disabled. |
-| **`elements.PublishButton`**   | Replace the default Publish Button with a Custom Component. [Drafts](../versions/drafts) must be enabled.                                  |
-| **`elements.PreviewButton`**   | Replace the default Preview Button with a Custom Component. [Preview](#preview) must be enabled.                                         |
-| **`views`**                    | Override or create new views within the Admin Panel. [More details](./views).                                     |
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  For details on how to build Custom Components, see [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components).
-</Banner>
-
-### Preview
-
-It is possible to display a Preview Button within the Edit View of the Admin Panel. This will allow editors to visit the frontend of your app the corresponds to the document they are actively editing. This way they can preview the latest, potentially unpublished changes.
-
-To configure the Preview Button, set the `admin.preview` property to a function in your Global Config:
-
-```ts
-import { GlobalConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const MainMenu: GlobalConfig = {
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    // highlight-start
-    preview: (doc, { locale }) => {
-      if (doc?.slug) {
-        return `/${doc.slug}?locale=${locale}`
-      }
-
-      return null
-    },
-    // highlight-end
-  },
-}
-```
-
-The preview function receives two arguments:
-
-| Argument | Description |
-| --- | --- |
-| **`doc`** | The Document being edited. |
-| **`ctx`** | An object containing `locale` and `token` properties. The `token` is the currently logged-in user's JWT. |
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  For fully working example of this, check of the official [Draft Preview Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/draft-preview) in the [Examples Directory](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples).
-</Banner>

docs/admin/hooks.mdx

@@ -1,79 +1,58 @@
 ---
 title: React Hooks
 label: React Hooks
-order: 70
+order: 30
 desc: Make use of all of the powerful React hooks that Payload provides.
-keywords: admin, components, custom, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
+keywords: admin, components, custom, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
 ---
 
-Payload provides a variety of powerful [React Hooks](https://react.dev/reference/react-dom/hooks) that can be used within your own [Custom Components](./components), such as [Custom Fields](./fields). With them, you can interface with Payload itself to build just about any type of complex customization you can think of.
+Payload provides a variety of powerful hooks that can be used within your own React components. With them, you can interface with Payload itself and build just about any type of complex customization you can think of—directly in familiar React code.
 
-<Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Reminder:</strong>
-  All Custom Components are [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components) by default. Hooks, on the other hand, are only available in client-side environments. To use hooks, [ensure your component is a client component](./components#client-components).
-</Banner>
+### useField
 
-## useField
+The `useField` hook is used internally within every applicable Payload field component, and it manages sending and receiving a field's state from its parent form.
 
-The `useField` hook is used internally within all field components. It manages sending and receiving a field's state from its parent form. When you build a [Custom Field Component](./fields), you will be responsible for sending and receiving the field's `value` to and from the form yourself.
-
-To do so, import the `useField` hook as follows:
+Outside of internal use, its most common use-case is in custom `Field` components. When you build a custom React `Field` component, you'll be responsible for sending and receiving the field's `value` from the form itself. To do so, import the `useField` hook as follows:
 
 ```tsx
-'use client'
-import type { TextFieldClientComponent } from 'payload'
-import { useField } from '@payloadcms/ui'
+import { useField } from 'payload/components/forms'
 
-export const CustomTextField: TextFieldClientComponent = ({ path }) => {
-  const { value, setValue } = useField({ path }) // highlight-line
+type Props = { path: string }
 
-  return (
-    <div>
-      <p>
-        {path}
-      </p>
-      <input
-        onChange={(e) => { setValue(e.target.value) }}
-        value={value}
-      />
-    </div>
-  )
+const CustomTextField: React.FC<Props> = ({ path }) => {
+  // highlight-start
+  const { value, setValue } = useField<string>({ path })
+  // highlight-end
+
+  return <input onChange={(e) => setValue(e.target.value)} value={value.path} />
 }
 ```
 
-The `useField` hook accepts the following arguments:
-
-| Property          | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
-| ----------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| `path`            | If you do not provide a `path`, `name` will be used instead. This is the path to the field in the form data.                                                                                                                  |
-| `validate`        | A validation function executed client-side _before_ submitting the form to the server. Different than [Field-level Validation](../fields/overview#validation) which runs strictly on the server. |
-| `disableFormData` | If `true`, the field will not be included in the form data when the form is submitted.                                                                                                                                         |
-| `hasRows` | If `true`, the field will be treated as a field with rows. This is useful for fields like `array` and `blocks`.                                                                                                                                         |
-
-The `useField` hook returns the following object:
+The `useField` hook accepts an `args` object and sends back information and helpers for you to make use of:
 
 ```ts
-type FieldType<T> = {
-  errorMessage?: string
-  errorPaths?: string[]
-  filterOptions?: FilterOptionsResult
-  formInitializing: boolean
-  formProcessing: boolean
-  formSubmitted: boolean
-  initialValue?: T
-  path: string
-  permissions: FieldPermissions
-  readOnly?: boolean
-  rows?: Row[]
-  schemaPath: string
-  setValue: (val: unknown, disableModifyingForm?: boolean) => void
-  showError: boolean
-  valid?: boolean
-  value: T
-}
+const field = useField<string>({
+  path: 'fieldPathHere', // required
+  validate: myValidateFunc, // optional
+  disableFormData?: false, // if true, the field's data will be ignored
+  condition?: myConditionHere, // optional, used to skip validation if condition fails
+})
+
+// Here is what `useField` sends back
+const {
+  showError, // whether or not the field should show as errored
+  errorMessage, // the error message to show, if showError
+  value, // the current value of the field from the form
+  formSubmitted, // if the form has been submitted
+  formProcessing, // if the form is currently processing
+  setValue, // method to set the field's value in form state
+  initialValue, // the initial value that the field mounted with
+} = field;
+
+// The rest of your component goes here
 ```
 
-## useFormFields
+### useFormFields
 
 There are times when a custom field component needs to have access to data from other fields, and you have a few options to do so. The `useFormFields` hook is a powerful and highly performant way to retrieve a form's field state, as well as to retrieve the `dispatchFields` method, which can be helpful for setting other fields' form states from anywhere within a form.
 
@@ -87,8 +66,7 @@ Thanks to the awesome package [`use-context-selector`](https://github.com/dai-sh
 You can pass a Redux-like selector into the hook, which will ensure that you retrieve only the field that you want. The selector takes an argument with type of `[fields: Fields, dispatch: React.Dispatch<Action>]]`.
 
 ```tsx
-'use client'
-import { useFormFields } from '@payloadcms/ui'
+import { useFormFields } from 'payload/components/forms'
 
 const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
   // Get only the `amount` field state, and only cause a rerender when that field changes
@@ -103,16 +81,14 @@ const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
 }
 ```
 
-## useAllFormFields
+### useAllFormFields
 
 **To retrieve more than one field**, you can use the `useAllFormFields` hook. Your component will re-render when _any_ field changes, so use this hook only if you absolutely need to. Unlike the `useFormFields` hook, this hook does not accept a "selector", and it always returns an array with type of `[fields: Fields, dispatch: React.Dispatch<Action>]]`.
 
 You can do lots of powerful stuff by retrieving the full form state, like using built-in helper functions to reduce field state to values only, or to retrieve sibling data by path.
 
 ```tsx
-'use client'
-import { useAllFormFields } from '@payloadcms/ui'
-import { reduceFieldsToValues, getSiblingData } from 'payload/shared'
+import { useAllFormFields, reduceFieldsToValues, getSiblingData } from 'payload/components/forms';
 
 const ExampleComponent: React.FC = () => {
   // the `fields` const will be equal to all fields' state,
@@ -133,9 +109,9 @@ const ExampleComponent: React.FC = () => {
 };
 ```
 
-#### Updating other fields' values
+##### Updating other fields' values
 
-If you are building a Custom Component, then you should use `setValue` which is returned from the `useField` hook to programmatically set your field's value. But if you're looking to update _another_ field's value, you can use `dispatchFields` returned from `useFormFields`.
+If you are building a custom component, then you should use `setValue` which is returned from the `useField` hook to programmatically set your field's value. But if you're looking to update _another_ field's value, you can use `dispatchFields` returned from `useFormFields`.
 
 You can send the following actions to the `dispatchFields` function.
 
@@ -152,7 +128,7 @@ You can send the following actions to the `dispatchFields` function.
 
 To see types for each action supported within the `dispatchFields` hook, check out the Form types [here](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/payload/src/admin/components/forms/Form/types.ts).
 
-## useForm
+### useForm
 
 The `useForm` hook can be used to interact with the form itself, and sends back many methods that can be used to reactively fetch form state without causing rerenders within your components each time a field is changed. This is useful if you have action-based callbacks that your components fire, and need to interact with form state _based on a user action_.
 
@@ -165,7 +141,7 @@ The `useForm` hook can be used to interact with the form itself, and sends back
   up-to-date. They will be removed from this hook's response in an upcoming version.
 </Banner>
 
-The `useForm` hook returns an object with the following properties:
+The `useForm` hook returns an object with the following properties: |
 
 <TableWithDrawers
   columns={[
@@ -348,7 +324,7 @@ The `useForm` hook returns an object with the following properties:
       },
       {
         drawerTitle: 'addFieldRow',
-        drawerDescription: 'A useful method to programmatically add a row to an array or block field.',
+        drawerDescription: 'A useful method to programtically add a row to an array or block field.',
         drawerSlug: 'addFieldRow',
         drawerContent: (
 <>
@@ -371,7 +347,7 @@ The `useForm` hook returns an object with the following properties:
           value: <strong><code>rowIndex</code></strong>,
         },
         {
-          value: "The index of the row to add. If omitted, the row will be added to the end of the array.",
+          value: "The index of the row to add",
         },
       ],
       [
@@ -418,7 +394,7 @@ export const CustomArrayManager = () => {
 }`}
 </pre>
 
-  <p>An example config to go along with the Custom Component</p>
+  <p>An example config to go along with the custom component</p>
   <pre>
 {`const ExampleCollection = {
   slug: "example-collection",
@@ -438,7 +414,7 @@ export const CustomArrayManager = () => {
       name: "customArrayManager",
       admin: {
         components: {
-          Field: '/path/to/CustomArrayManagerField',
+          Field: CustomArrayManager,
         },
       },
     },
@@ -458,7 +434,7 @@ export const CustomArrayManager = () => {
       },
       {
         drawerTitle: 'removeFieldRow',
-        drawerDescription: 'A useful method to programmatically remove a row from an array or block field.',
+        drawerDescription: 'A useful method to programtically remove a row from an array or block field.',
         drawerSlug: 'removeFieldRow',
         drawerContent: (
 <>
@@ -515,7 +491,7 @@ export const CustomArrayManager = () => {
 }`}
 </pre>
 
-  <p>An example config to go along with the Custom Component</p>
+  <p>An example config to go along with the custom component</p>
   <pre>
 {`const ExampleCollection = {
   slug: "example-collection",
@@ -535,7 +511,7 @@ export const CustomArrayManager = () => {
       name: "customArrayManager",
       admin: {
         components: {
-          Field: '/path/to/CustomArrayManagerField',
+          Field: CustomArrayManager,
         },
       },
     },
@@ -555,7 +531,7 @@ export const CustomArrayManager = () => {
       },
       {
         drawerTitle: 'replaceFieldRow',
-        drawerDescription: 'A useful method to programmatically replace a row from an array or block field.',
+        drawerDescription: 'A useful method to programtically replace a row from an array or block field.',
         drawerSlug: 'replaceFieldRow',
         drawerContent: (
 <>
@@ -625,7 +601,7 @@ export const CustomArrayManager = () => {
 }`}
 </pre>
 
-  <p>An example config to go along with the Custom Component</p>
+  <p>An example config to go along with the custom component</p>
   <pre>
 {`const ExampleCollection = {
   slug: "example-collection",
@@ -645,7 +621,7 @@ export const CustomArrayManager = () => {
       name: "customArrayManager",
       admin: {
         components: {
-          Field: '/path/to/CustomArrayManagerField',
+          Field: CustomArrayManager,
         },
       },
     },
@@ -659,47 +635,14 @@ export const CustomArrayManager = () => {
   ]}
 />
 
-## useCollapsible
-
-The `useCollapsible` hook allows you to control parent collapsibles:
-
-| Property                  | Description                                                                                                   |
-| ------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`isCollapsed`**         | State of the collapsible. `true` if open, `false` if collapsed.                                               |
-| **`isVisible`**           | If nested, determine if the nearest collapsible is visible. `true` if no parent is closed, `false` otherwise. |
-| **`toggle`**              | Toggles the state of the nearest collapsible.                                                                 |
-| **`isWithinCollapsible`** | Determine when you are within another collapsible.                                                            |
-
-**Example:**
-
-```tsx
-'use client'
-import React from 'react'
-
-import { useCollapsible } from '@payloadcms/ui'
-
-const CustomComponent: React.FC = () => {
-  const { isCollapsed, toggle } = useCollapsible()
-
-  return (
-    <div>
-      <p className="field-type">I am {isCollapsed ? 'closed' : 'open'}</p>
-      <button onClick={toggle} type="button">
-        Toggle
-      </button>
-    </div>
-  )
-}
-```
-
-## useDocumentInfo
+### useDocumentInfo
 
 The `useDocumentInfo` hook provides lots of information about the document currently being edited, including the following:
 
 | Property                  | Description                                                                                                        |
-| ------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
-| **`collection`**          | If the doc is a collection, its Collection Config will be returned                                                 |
-| **`global`**              | If the doc is a global, its Global Config will be returned                                                         |
+|---------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| **`collection`**          | If the doc is a collection, its collection config will be returned                                                 |
+| **`global`**              | If the doc is a global, its global config will be returned                                                         |
 | **`id`**                  | If the doc is a collection, its ID will be returned                                                                |
 | **`preferencesKey`**      | The `preferences` key to use when interacting with document-level user preferences                                 |
 | **`versions`**            | Versions of the current doc                                                                                        |
@@ -712,8 +655,7 @@ The `useDocumentInfo` hook provides lots of information about the document curre
 **Example:**
 
 ```tsx
-'use client'
-import { useDocumentInfo } from '@payloadcms/ui'
+import { useDocumentInfo } from 'payload/components/utilities'
 
 const LinkFromCategoryToPosts: React.FC = () => {
   // highlight-start
@@ -733,13 +675,12 @@ const LinkFromCategoryToPosts: React.FC = () => {
 }
 ```
 
-## useLocale
+### useLocale
 
-In any Custom Component you can get the selected locale object with the `useLocale` hook. `useLocale` gives you the full locale object, consisting of a `label`, `rtl`(right-to-left) property, and then `code`. Here is a simple example:
+In any custom component you can get the selected locale object with the `useLocale` hook. `useLocale`gives you the full locale object, consisting of a `label`, `rtl`(right-to-left) property, and then `code`. Here is a simple example:
 
 ```tsx
-'use client'
-import { useLocale } from '@payloadcms/ui'
+import { useLocale } from 'payload/components/utilities'
 
 const Greeting: React.FC = () => {
   // highlight-start
@@ -755,7 +696,7 @@ const Greeting: React.FC = () => {
 }
 ```
 
-## useAuth
+### useAuth
 
 Useful to retrieve info about the currently logged in user as well as methods for interacting with it. It sends back an object with the following properties:
 
@@ -770,9 +711,8 @@ Useful to retrieve info about the currently logged in user as well as methods fo
 | **`permissions`**        | The permissions of the current user                                                     |
 
 ```tsx
-'use client'
-import { useAuth } from '@payloadcms/ui'
-import type { User } from '../payload-types.ts'
+import { useAuth } from 'payload/components/utilities'
+import { User } from '../payload-types.ts'
 
 const Greeting: React.FC = () => {
   // highlight-start
@@ -783,30 +723,28 @@ const Greeting: React.FC = () => {
 }
 ```
 
-## useConfig
+### useConfig
 
-Used to retrieve the Payload [Client Config](./components#accessing-the-payload-config).
+Used to easily fetch the full Payload config.
 
 ```tsx
-'use client'
-import { useConfig } from '@payloadcms/ui'
+import { useConfig } from 'payload/components/utilities'
 
 const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
   // highlight-start
-  const { config } = useConfig()
+  const config = useConfig()
   // highlight-end
 
   return <span>{config.serverURL}</span>
 }
 ```
 
-## useEditDepth
+### useEditDepth
 
 Sends back how many editing levels "deep" the current component is. Edit depth is relevant while adding new documents / editing documents in modal windows and other cases.
 
 ```tsx
-'use client'
-import { useEditDepth } from '@payloadcms/ui'
+import { useEditDepth } from 'payload/components/utilities'
 
 const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
   // highlight-start
@@ -817,87 +755,6 @@ const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
 }
 ```
 
-## usePreferences
+### usePreferences
 
 Returns methods to set and get user preferences. More info can be found [here](https://payloadcms.com/docs/admin/preferences).
-
-## useTheme
-
-Returns the currently selected theme (`light`, `dark` or `auto`), a set function to update it and a boolean `autoMode`, used to determine if the theme value should be set automatically based on the user's device preferences.
-
-```tsx
-'use client'
-import { useTheme } from '@payloadcms/ui'
-
-const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
-  // highlight-start
-  const { autoMode, setTheme, theme } = useTheme()
-  // highlight-end
-
-  return (
-    <>
-      <span>
-        The current theme is {theme} and autoMode is {autoMode}
-      </span>
-      <button
-        type="button"
-        onClick={() => setTheme((prev) => (prev === 'light' ? 'dark' : 'light'))}
-      >
-        Toggle theme
-      </button>
-    </>
-  )
-}
-```
-
-## useTableColumns
-
-Returns methods to manipulate table columns
-
-```tsx
-'use client'
-import { useTableColumns } from '@payloadcms/ui'
-
-const MyComponent: React.FC = () => {
-  // highlight-start
-  const { setActiveColumns } = useTableColumns()
-
-  const resetColumns = () => {
-    setActiveColumns(['id', 'createdAt', 'updatedAt'])
-  }
-  // highlight-end
-
-  return (
-    <button type="button" onClick={resetColumns}>
-      Reset columns
-    </button>
-  )
-}
-```
-
-## useDocumentEvents
-
-The `useDocumentEvents` hook provides a way of subscribing to cross-document events, such as updates made to nested documents within a drawer. This hook will report document events that are outside the scope of the document currently being edited. This hook provides the following:
-
-| Property               | Description                                                                                                                             |
-| ---------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`mostRecentUpdate`** | An object containing the most recently updated document. It contains the `entitySlug`, `id` (if collection), and `updatedAt` properties |
-| **`reportUpdate`**     | A method used to report updates to documents. It accepts the same arguments as the `mostRecentUpdate` property.                         |
-
-**Example:**
-
-```tsx
-'use client'
-import { useDocumentEvents } from '@payloadcms/ui'
-
-const ListenForUpdates: React.FC = () => {
-  const { mostRecentUpdate } = useDocumentEvents()
-
-  return <span>{JSON.stringify(mostRecentUpdate)}</span>
-}
-```
-
-<Banner type="info">
-  Right now the `useDocumentEvents` hook only tracks recently updated documents, but in the future
-  it will track more document-related events as needed, such as document creation, deletion, etc.
-</Banner>

docs/admin/locked-documents.mdx

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Document Locking
-label: Document Locking
-order: 90
-desc: Ensure your documents are locked during editing to prevent concurrent changes from multiple users and maintain data integrity.
-keywords: locking, document locking, edit locking, document, concurrency, Payload, headless, Content Management System, cms, javascript, react, node, nextjs
----
-
-Document locking in Payload ensures that only one user at a time can edit a document, preventing data conflicts and accidental overwrites. When a document is locked, other users are prevented from making changes until the lock is released, ensuring data integrity in collaborative environments.
-
-The lock is automatically triggered when a user begins editing a document within the Admin Panel and remains in place until the user exits the editing view or the lock expires due to inactivity.
-
-## How it works
-
-When a user starts editing a document, Payload locks it for that user. If another user attempts to access the same document, they will be notified that it is currently being edited. They can then choose one of the following options:
-
-- View in Read-Only: View the document without the ability to make any changes.
-- Take Over: Take over editing from the current user, which locks the document for the new editor and notifies the original user.
-- Return to Dashboard: Navigate away from the locked document and continue with other tasks.
-
-The lock will automatically expire after a set period of inactivity, configurable using the `duration` property in the `lockDocuments` configuration, after which others can resume editing.
-
-<Banner type="info"> <strong>Note:</strong> If your application does not require document locking, you can disable this feature for any collection or global by setting the <code>lockDocuments</code> property to <code>false</code>. </Banner>
-
-### Config Options
-
-The `lockDocuments` property exists on both the Collection Config and the Global Config. Document locking is enabled by default, but you can customize the lock duration or turn off the feature for any collection or global.
-
-Here’s an example configuration for document locking:
-
-```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const Posts: CollectionConfig = {
-  slug: 'posts',
-  fields: [
-    {
-      name: 'title',
-      type: 'text',
-    },
-    // other fields...
-  ],
-  lockDocuments: {
-    duration: 600, // Duration in seconds
-  },
-}
-```
-
-#### Locking Options
-
-| Option              | Description                                                                                                                                                                    |
-| ------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
-| **`lockDocuments`** | Enables or disables document locking for the collection or global. By default, document locking is enabled. Set to an object to configure, or set to false to disable locking. |
-| **`duration`**      | Specifies the duration (in seconds) for how long a document remains locked without user interaction. The default is 300 seconds (5 minutes).                                   |
-
-### Impact on APIs
-
-Document locking affects both the Local and REST APIs, ensuring that if a document is locked, concurrent users will not be able to perform updates or deletes on that document (including globals). If a user attempts to update or delete a locked document, they will receive an error.
-
-Once the document is unlocked or the lock duration has expired, other users can proceed with updates or deletes as normal.
-
-#### Overriding Locks
-
-For operations like `update` and `delete`, Payload includes an `overrideLock` option. This boolean flag, when set to `false`, enforces document locks, ensuring that the operation will not proceed if another user currently holds the lock.
-
-By default, `overrideLock` is set to `true`, which means that document locks are ignored, and the operation will proceed even if the document is locked. To enforce locks and prevent updates or deletes on locked documents, set `overrideLock: false`.
-
-```ts
-const result = await payload.update({
-  collection: 'posts',
-  id: '123',
-  data: {
-    title: 'New title',
-  },
-  overrideLock: false, // Enforces the document lock, preventing updates if the document is locked
-})
-```
-
-This option is particularly useful in scenarios where administrative privileges or specific workflows require you to override the lock and ensure the operation is completed.

docs/admin/metadata.mdx

@@ -1,216 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Page Metadata
-label: Metadata
-order: 70
-desc: Customize the metadata of your pages within the Admin Panel
-keywords: admin, components, custom, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
----
-
-Every page within the Admin Panel automatically receives dynamic, auto-generated metadata derived from live document data, the user's current locale, and more, without any additional configuration. This includes the page title, description, og:image and everything in between. Metadata is fully configurable at the root level and cascades down to individual collections, documents, and custom views, allowing for the ability to control metadata on any page with high precision.
-
-Within the Admin Panel, metadata can be customized at the following levels:
-
-- [Root Metadata](#root-metadata)
-- [Collection Metadata](#collection-metadata)
-- [Global Metadata](#global-metadata)
-- [View Metadata](#view-metadata)
-
-All of these types of metadata share a similar structure, with a few key differences on the Root level. To customize metadata, consult the list of available scopes. Determine the scope that corresponds to what you are trying to accomplish, then author your metadata within the Payload Config accordingly.
-
-## Root Metadata
-
-Root Metadata is the metadata that is applied to all pages within the Admin Panel. This is where you can control things like the suffix appended onto each page's title, the favicon displayed in the browser's tab, and the Open Graph data that is used when sharing the Admin Panel on social media.
-
-To customize Root Metadata, use the `admin.meta` key in your Payload Config:
-
-```ts
-{
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    // highlight-start
-    meta: {
-    // highlight-end
-      title: 'My Admin Panel',
-      description: 'The best admin panel in the world',
-      icons: [
-        {
-          rel: 'icon',
-          type: 'image/png',
-          url: '/favicon.png',
-        },
-      ],
-    },
-  },
-}
-```
-
-The following options are available for Root Metadata:
-
-| Key | Type | Description |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| **`title`** | `string` | The title of the Admin Panel. |
-| **`description`** | `string` | The description of the Admin Panel. |
-| **`defaultOGImageType`** | `dynamic` (default), `static`, or `off` | The type of default OG image to use. If set to `dynamic`, Payload will use Next.js image generation to create an image with the title of the page. If set to `static`, Payload will use the `defaultOGImage` URL. If set to `off`, Payload will not generate an OG image. |
-| **`icons`** | `IconConfig[]` | An array of icon objects. [More details](#icons) |
-| **`keywords`** | `string` | A comma-separated list of keywords to include in the metadata of the Admin Panel. |
-| **`openGraph`** | `OpenGraphConfig` | An object containing Open Graph metadata. [More details](#open-graph) |
-| **`titleSuffix`** | `string` | A suffix to append to the end of the title of every page. Defaults to "- Payload". |
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Reminder:</strong>
-  These are the _root-level_ options for the Admin Panel. You can also customize [Collection Metadata](./collections), [Global Metadata](./globals), and [Document Metadata](./documents) in their respective configs.
-</Banner>
-
-### Icons
-
-The Icons Config corresponds to the `<link>` tags that are used to specify icons for the Admin Panel. The `icons` key is an array of objects, each of which represents an individual icon. Icons are differentiated from one another by their `rel` attribute, which specifies the relationship between the document and the icon.
-
-The most common icon type is the favicon, which is displayed in the browser tab. This is specified by the `rel` attribute `icon`. Other common icon types include `apple-touch-icon`, which is used by Apple devices when the Admin Panel is saved to the home screen, and `mask-icon`, which is used by Safari to mask the Admin Panel icon.
-
-To customize icons, use the `icons` key within the `admin.meta` object in your Payload Config:
-
-```ts
-{
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    meta: {
-      // highlight-start
-      icons: [
-      // highlight-end
-        {
-          rel: 'icon',
-          type: 'image/png',
-          url: '/favicon.png',
-        },
-        {
-          rel: 'apple-touch-icon',
-          type: 'image/png',
-          url: '/apple-touch-icon.png',
-        },
-      ],
-    },
-  },
-}
-```
-
-The following options are available for Icons:
-
-| Key | Type | Description |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| **`rel`** | `string` | The HTML `rel` attribute of the icon. |
-| **`type`** | `string` | The MIME type of the icon. |
-| **`color`** | `string` | The color of the icon. |
-| **`fetchPriority`** | `string` | The [fetch priority](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/HTMLImageElement/fetchPriority) of the icon. |
-| **`media`** | `string` | The [media query](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/CSS/CSS_media_queries/Using_media_queries) of the icon. |
-| **`sizes`** | `string` | The [sizes](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/HTMLImageElement/sizes) of the icon. |
-| **`url`** | `string` | The URL pointing the resource of the icon. |
-
-### Open Graph
-
-Open Graph metadata is a set of tags that are used to control how URLs are displayed when shared on social media platforms. Open Graph metadata is automatically generated by Payload, but can be customized at the Root level.
-
-To customize Open Graph metadata, use the `openGraph` key within the `admin.meta` object in your Payload Config:
-
-```ts
-{
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    meta: {
-      // highlight-start
-      openGraph: {
-      // highlight-end
-        description: 'The best admin panel in the world',
-        images: [
-          {
-            url: 'https://example.com/image.jpg',
-            width: 800,
-            height: 600,
-          },
-        ],
-        siteName: 'Payload',
-        title: 'My Admin Panel',
-      },
-    },
-  },
-}
-```
-
-The following options are available for Open Graph Metadata:
-
-| Key | Type | Description |
-| --- | --- | --- |
-| **`description`** | `string` | The description of the Admin Panel. |
-| **`images`** | `OGImageConfig` or `OGImageConfig[]` | An array of image objects. |
-| **`siteName`** | `string` | The name of the site. |
-| **`title`** | `string` | The title of the Admin Panel. |
-
-## Collection Metadata
-
-Collection Metadata is the metadata that is applied to all pages within any given Collection within the Admin Panel. This metadata is used to customize the title and description of all views within any given Collection, unless overridden by the view itself.
-
-To customize Collection Metadata, use the `admin.meta` key within your Collection Config:
-
-```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const MyCollection: CollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    // highlight-start
-    meta: {
-    // highlight-end
-      title: 'My Collection',
-      description: 'The best collection in the world',
-    },
-  },
-}
-```
-
-The Collection Meta config has the same options as the [Root Metadata](#root-metadata) config.
-
-## Global Metadata
-
-Global Metadata is the metadata that is applied to all pages within any given Global within the Admin Panel. This metadata is used to customize the title and description of all views within any given Global, unless overridden by the view itself.
-
-To customize Global Metadata, use the `admin.meta` key within your Global Config:
-
-```ts
-import { GlobalConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const MyGlobal: GlobalConfig = {
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    // highlight-start
-    meta: {
-    // highlight-end
-      title: 'My Global',
-      description: 'The best
-    },
-  },
-}
-```
-
-The Global Meta config has the same options as the [Root Metadata](#root-metadata) config.
-
-## View Metadata
-
-View Metadata is the metadata that is applied to specific [Views](./views) within the Admin Panel. This metadata is used to customize the title and description of a specific view, overriding any metadata set at the [Root](#root-metadata), [Collection](#collection-metadata), or [Global](#global-metadata) level.
-
-To customize View Metadata, use the `meta` key within your View Config:
-
-```ts
-{
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    views: {
-      dashboard: {
-        // highlight-start
-        meta: {
-        // highlight-end
-          title: 'My Dashboard',
-          description: 'The best dashboard in the world',
-        }
-      },
-    },
-  },
-}

docs/admin/overview.mdx

@@ -2,243 +2,90 @@
 title: The Admin Panel
 label: Overview
 order: 10
-desc: Manage your data and customize the Payload Admin Panel by swapping in your own React components. Create, modify or remove views, fields, styles and much more.
-keywords: admin, components, custom, customize, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
+desc: Manage your data and customize the Admin Panel by swapping in your own React components. Create, modify or remove views, fields, styles and much more.
+keywords: admin, components, custom, customize, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
 ---
 
-Payload dynamically generates a beautiful, [fully type-safe](../typescript/overview) Admin Panel to manage your users and data. It is highly performant, even with 100+ fields, and is translated in over 30 languages. Within the Admin Panel you can manage content, [render your site](../live-preview/overview), preview drafts, [diff versions](../versions/overview), and so much more.
+Payload dynamically generates a beautiful, fully functional React admin panel to manage your data. It's extremely powerful and can be customized / extended upon easily by swapping in your own React components. You can add additional views, modify how built-in views look / work, swap out Payload branding for your client's, build your own field types and much more.
 
-The Admin Panel is designed to [white-label your brand](https://payloadcms.com/blog/white-label-admin-ui). You can endlessly customize and extend the Admin UI by swapping in your own [Custom Components](./components)—everything from simple field labels to entire views can be modified or replaced to perfectly tailor the interface for your editors.
-
-The Admin Panel is written in [TypeScript](https://www.typescriptlang.org) and built with [React](https://react.dev) using the [Next.js App Router](https://nextjs.org/docs/app). It supports [React Server Components](https://react.dev/reference/rsc/server-components), enabling the use of the [Local API](/docs/local-api/overview) on the front-end. You can install Payload into any [existing Next.js app in just one line](../getting-started/installation) and [deploy it anywhere](../production).
+The Payload Admin panel can be bundled with our officially supported [Vite](/docs/admin/vite) and [webpack](/docs/admin/webpack) bundlers or you can integrate another bundler following our adapter pattern approach.
+When bundled, it is code-split, highly performant (even with 100+ fields), and written fully in TypeScript.
 
 <Banner type="success">
-  The Payload Admin Panel is designed to be as minimal and straightforward as possible to allow easy customization and control. [Learn more](./components).
+  The Admin panel is meant to be simple enough to give you a starting point but not bring too much
+  complexity, so that you can easily customize it to suit the needs of your application and your
+  editors.
 </Banner>
 
 <LightDarkImage
   srcLight="https://payloadcms.com/images/docs/admin.jpg"
   srcDark="https://payloadcms.com/images/docs/admin-dark.jpg"
-  alt="Admin Panel with collapsible sidebar"
-  caption="Redesigned Admin Panel with a collapsible sidebar that's open by default, providing greater extensibility and enhanced horizontal real estate."
+  alt="Admin panel with collapsible sidebar"
+  caption="Redesigned admin panel with a collapsible sidebar that's open by default, providing greater extensibility and enhanced horizontal real estate."
 />
 
-## Project Structure
-
-The Admin Panel serves as the entire HTTP layer for Payload, providing a full CRUD interface for your app. This means that both the [REST](../rest-api/overview) and [GraphQL](../graphql/overview) APIs are simply [Next.js Routes](https://nextjs.org/docs/app/building-your-application/routing) that exist directly alongside your front-end application.
-
-Once you [install Payload](../getting-started/installation), the following files and directories will be created in your app:
-
-```plaintext
-app/
-├─ (payload)/
-├── admin/
-├─── [[...segments]]/
-├──── page.tsx
-├──── not-found.tsx
-├── api/
-├─── [...slug]/
-├──── route.ts
-├── graphql/
-├──── route.ts
-├── graphql-playground/
-├──── route.ts
-├── custom.scss
-├── layout.tsx
-```
-
-<Banner type="info">
-  If you are not familiar with Next.js project structure, you can [learn more about it here](https://nextjs.org/docs/getting-started/project-structure).
-</Banner>
-
-As shown above, all Payload routes are nested within the `(payload)` route group. This creates a boundary between the Admin Panel and the rest of your application by scoping all layouts and styles. The `layout.tsx` file within this directory, for example, is where Payload manages the `html` tag of the document to set proper [`lang`](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Global_attributes/lang) and [`dir`](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTML/Global_attributes/dir) attributes, etc.
-
-The `admin` directory contains all the _pages_ related to the interface itself, whereas the `api` and `graphql` directories contains all the _routes_ related to the [REST API](../rest-api/overview) and [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview). All admin routes are [easily configurable](#customizing-routes) to meet your application's exact requirements.
-
-<Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  If you don't use the [REST API](../rest/overview) or [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview), you can delete the [Next.js files corresponding to those routes](../admin/overview#project-structure), however, the overhead of this API is completely constrained to these endpoints, and will not slow down or affect Payload outside of the endpoints.
-</Banner>
-
-Finally, the `custom.scss` file is where you can add or override globally-oriented styles in the Admin Panel, such as modify the color palette. Customizing the look and feel through CSS alone is a powerful feature of the Admin Panel, [more on that here](./customizing-css).
-
-All auto-generated files will contain the following comments at the top of each file:
-
-```tsx
-/* THIS FILE WAS GENERATED AUTOMATICALLY BY PAYLOAD. */,
-/* DO NOT MODIFY IT BECAUSE IT COULD BE REWRITTEN AT ANY TIME. */
-```
-
 ## Admin Options
 
-All options for the Admin Panel are defined in your [Payload Config](../configuration/overview) under the `admin` property:
+All options for the Admin panel are defined in your base Payload config file.
 
-```ts
-import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
-
-const config = buildConfig({
-  // ...
-  admin: { // highlight-line
-    // ...
-  },
-})
-```
-
-The following options are available:
-
-| Option        | Description                                                                                                                                                           |
-|---------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
-| **`avatar`**      | Set account profile picture. Options: `gravatar`, `default` or a custom React component.                                                                              |
-| **`autoLogin`**   | Used to automate log-in for dev and demonstration convenience. [More details](../authentication/overview).                                                            |
-| **`buildPath`**   | Specify an absolute path for where to store the built Admin bundle used in production. Defaults to `path.resolve(process.cwd(), 'build')`.                            |
-| **`components`**  | Component overrides that affect the entirety of the Admin Panel. [More details](./components).                                                                        |
-| **`custom`**      | Any custom properties you wish to pass to the Admin Panel.                                                                                                            |
-| **`dateFormat`**  | The date format that will be used for all dates within the Admin Panel. Any valid [date-fns](https://date-fns.org/) format pattern can be used.                       |
-| **`disable`**     | If set to `true`, the entire Admin Panel will be disabled.                                                                                                            |
-| **`livePreview`** | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More details](../live-preview/overview).                                         |
-| **`meta`**        | Base metadata to use for the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata). |
-| **`routes`**      | Replace built-in Admin Panel routes with your own custom routes. [More details](#customizing-routes).                                                                 |
-| **`theme`**       | Restrict the Admin Panel theme to use only one of your choice. Default is `all`.
-| **`user`**        | The `slug` of the Collection that you want to allow to login to the Admin Panel. [More details](#the-admin-user-collection).                                          |
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Reminder:</strong>
-  These are the _root-level_ options for the Admin Panel. You can also customize [Collection Admin Options](./collections) and [Global Admin Options](./globals) through their respective `admin` keys.
-</Banner>
+| Option                | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
+| --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
+| `user`                | The `slug` of a Collection that you want be used to log in to the Admin dashboard. [More](/docs/admin/overview#the-admin-user-collection)                                                                                                                    |
+| `buildPath`           | Specify an absolute path for where to store the built Admin panel bundle used in production. Defaults to `path.resolve(process.cwd(), 'build')`.                                                                                                             |
+| `meta`                | Base meta data to use for the Admin panel. Included properties are `titleSuffix`, `ogImage`, and `favicon`.                                                                                                                                                  |
+| `disable`             | If set to `true`, the entire Admin panel will be disabled.                                                                                                                                                                                                   |
+| `indexHTML`           | Optionally replace the entirety of the `index.html` file used by the Admin panel. Reference the [base index.html file](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/blob/main/packages/payload/src/admin/index.html) to ensure your replacement has the appropriate HTML elements. |
+| `css`                 | Absolute path to a stylesheet that you can use to override / customize the Admin panel styling. [More](/docs/admin/customizing-css).                                                                                                                         |
+| `scss`                | Absolute path to a Sass variables / mixins stylesheet meant to override Payload styles to make for an easy re-skinning of the Admin panel. [More](/docs/admin/customizing-css#overriding-scss-variables).                                                    |
+| `dateFormat`          | Global date format that will be used for all dates in the Admin panel. Any valid [date-fns](https://date-fns.org/) format pattern can be used.                                                                                                               |
+| `avatar`              | Set account profile picture. Options: `gravatar`, `default` or a custom React component.                                                                                                                                                                     |
+| `autoLogin`           | Used to automate admin log-in for dev and demonstration convenience. [More](/docs/authentication/config).                                                                                                                                                    |
+| `livePreview`         | Enable real-time editing for instant visual feedback of your front-end application. [More](/docs/live-preview/overview).                                                                                                                                     |
+| `components`          | Component overrides that affect the entirety of the Admin panel. [More](/docs/admin/components)                                                                                                                                                              |
+| `webpack`             | Customize the Webpack config that's used to generate the Admin panel. [More](/docs/admin/webpack)                                                                                                                                                            |
+| `vite`                | Customize the Vite config that's used to generate the Admin panel. [More](/docs/admin/vite)                                                                                                                                                                  |
+| **`bundler`**         | The bundler that you would like to use to bundle the admin panel. Officially supported bundlers: [Webpack](/docs/admin/webpack) and [Vite](/docs/admin/vite).                                                                                                |
+| **`logoutRoute`**     | The route for the `logout` page.                                                                                                                                                                                                                             |
+| **`inactivityRoute`** | The route for the `logout` inactivity page.                                                                                                                                                                                                                  |
 
 ### The Admin User Collection
 
-To specify which Collection to allow to login to the Admin Panel, pass the `admin.user` key equal to the slug of any auth-enabled Collection:
+<Banner type="warning">
+  <strong>Important:</strong>
+  <br />
+  The Payload Admin panel can only be used by one Collection that supports
+  [Authentication](/docs/authentication/overview).
+</Banner>
+
+To specify which Collection to use to log in to the Admin panel, pass the `admin` options a `user` key equal to the slug of the Collection that you'd like to use.
+
+`payload.config.js`:
 
 ```ts
-import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
+import { buildConfig } from 'payload/config'
 
 const config = buildConfig({
-  // ...
   admin: {
     user: 'admins', // highlight-line
   },
 })
 ```
 
-<Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Important:</strong>
-  <br />
-  The Admin Panel can only be used by a single auth-enabled Collection. To enable authentication for a Collection, simply set `auth: true` in the Collection's configuration. See [Authentication](../authentication/overview) for more information.
-</Banner>
+By default, if you have not specified a Collection, Payload will automatically provide you with a `User` Collection which will be used to access the Admin panel. You can customize or override the fields and settings of the default `User` Collection by passing your own collection using `users` as its `slug` to Payload. When this is done, Payload will use your provided `User` Collection instead of its default version.
 
-By default, if you have not specified a Collection, Payload will automatically provide a `User` Collection with access to the Admin Panel. You can customize or override the fields and settings of the default `User` Collection by adding your own Collection with `slug: 'users'`. Doing this will force Payload to use your provided `User` Collection instead of its default version.
+**Note: you can use whatever Collection you'd like to access the Admin panel as long as the Collection supports Authentication. It doesn't need to be called `users`!**
 
-You can use whatever Collection you'd like to access the Admin Panel as long as the Collection supports [Authentication](/docs/authentication/overview). It doesn't need to be called `users`. For example, you may wish to have two Collections that both support authentication:
+For example, you may wish to have two Collections that both support `Authentication`:
 
-- `admins` - meant to have a higher level of permissions to manage your data and access the Admin Panel
-- `customers` - meant for end users of your app that should not be allowed to log into the Admin Panel
+- `admins` - meant to have a higher level of permissions to manage your data and access the Admin panel
+- `customers` - meant for end users of your app that should not be allowed to log into the Admin panel
 
-To do this, specify `admin: { user: 'admins' }` in your config. This will provide access to the Admin Panel to only `admins`. Any users authenticated as `customers` will be prevented from accessing the Admin Panel.  See [Access Control](/docs/access-control/overview) for full details.
+This is totally possible. For the above scenario, by specifying `admin: { user: 'admins' }`, your Payload Admin panel will use `admins`. Any users logged in as `customers` will not be able to log in via the Admin panel.
 
-### Role-based Access Control
+### Light and dark modes
 
-It is also possible to allow multiple user types into the Admin Panel with limited permissions, known as role-based access control (RBAC). For example, you may wish to have two roles within the `admins` Collection:
+Users in the admin panel have access to choosing between light mode and dark mode for their editing experience. The setting is managed while logged into the admin UI within the user account page and will be stored with the browser. By default, the operating system preference is detected and used.
 
-- `super-admin` - full access to the Admin Panel to perform any action
-- `editor` - limited access to the Admin Panel to only manage content
+### Restricting user access
 
-To do this, add a `roles` or similar field to your auth-enabled Collection, then use the `access.admin` property to grant or deny access based on the value of that field. See [Access Control](/docs/access-control/overview) for full details. For a complete, working example of role-based access control, check out the official [Auth Example](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/examples/auth).
-
-## Customizing Routes
-
-You have full control over the routes that Payload binds itself to. This includes both [Root-level Routes](#root-level-routes) such as the [REST API](../rest-api/overview), and [Admin-level Routes](#admin-level-routes) such as the user's account page. You can customize these routes to meet the needs of your application simply by specifying the desired paths in your config.
-
-### Root-level Routes
-
-Root-level routes are those that are not behind the `/admin` path, such as the [REST API](../rest-api/overview) and [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview), or the root path of the Admin Panel itself.
-
-To customize root-level routes, use the `routes` property in your [Payload Config](../configuration/overview):
-
-```ts
-import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
-
-const config = buildConfig({
-  // ...
-  routes: {
-    admin: '/custom-admin-route' // highlight-line
-  }
-})
-```
-
-The following options are available:
-
-| Option              | Default route         | Description                                       |
-|---------------------|-----------------------|---------------------------------------------------|
-| `admin`             | `/admin`              | The Admin Panel itself.                           |
-| `api`               | `/api`                | The [REST API](../rest-api/overview) base path.   |
-| `graphQL`           | `/graphql`            | The [GraphQL API](../graphql/overview) base path. |
-| `graphQLPlayground` | `/graphql-playground` | The GraphQL Playground.                           |
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Tip:</strong>
-  You can easily add _new_ routes to the Admin Panel through [Custom Endpoints](../rest-api/overview#custom-endpoints) and [Custom Views](./views).
-</Banner>
-
-#### Customizing Root-level Routes
-
-You can change the Root-level Routes as needed, such as to mount the Admin Panel at the root of your application.
-
-Changing Root-level Routes also requires a change to [Project Structure](#project-structure) to match the new route. For example, if you set `routes.admin` to `/`, you would need to completely remove the `admin` directory from the project structure:
-
-```plaintext
-app/
-├─ (payload)/
-├── [[...segments]]/
-├──── ...
-```
-
-<Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  If you set Root-level Routes _before_ auto-generating the Admin Panel via `create-payload-app`, your [Project Structure](#project-structure) will already be set up correctly.
-</Banner>
-
-### Admin-level Routes
-
-Admin-level routes are those behind the `/admin` path. These are the routes that are part of the Admin Panel itself, such as the user's account page, the login page, etc.
-
-To customize admin-level routes, use the `admin.routes` property in your [Payload Config](../configuration/overview):
-
-```ts
-import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
-
-const config = buildConfig({
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    routes: {
-      account: '/my-account' // highlight-line
-    }
-  },
-})
-```
-
-The following options are available:
-
-| Option            | Default route           | Description                                     |
-| ----------------- | ----------------------- | ----------------------------------------------- |
-| `account`         | `/account`              | The user's account page.                        |
-| `createFirstUser` | `/create-first-user`    | The page to create the first user.              |
-| `forgot`          | `/forgot`               | The password reset page.                        |
-| `inactivity`      | `/logout-inactivity`    | The page to redirect to after inactivity.       |
-| `login`           | `/login`                | The login page.                                 |
-| `logout`          | `/logout`               | The logout page.                                |
-| `reset`           | `/reset`                | The password reset page.                        |
-| `unauthorized`    | `/unauthorized`         | The unauthorized page.                          |
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  You can also swap out entire _views_ out for your own, using the `admin.views` property of the Payload Config. See [Custom Views](./views) for more information.
-</Banner>
-
-## I18n
-
-The Payload Admin Panel is translated in over [30 languages and counting](https://github.com/payloadcms/payload/tree/main/packages/translations). Languages are automatically detected based on the user's browser and used by the Admin Panel to display all text in that language. If no language was detected, or if the user's language is not yet supported, English will be chosen. Users can easily specify their language by selecting one from their account page. See [I18n](../configuration/i18n) for more information.
-
-## Light and Dark Modes
-
-Users in the Admin Panel have the ability to choose between light mode and dark mode for their editing experience. Users can select their preferred theme from their account page. Once selected, it is saved to their user's preferences and persisted across sessions and devices. If no theme was selected, the Admin Panel will automatically detect the operation system's theme and use that as the default.
+If you would like to restrict which users from a single Collection can access the Admin panel, you can use the `admin` access control function. [Click here](/docs/access-control/overview#admin) to learn more.

docs/admin/preferences.mdx

@@ -1,19 +1,18 @@
 ---
 title: Managing User Preferences
 label: Preferences
-order: 70
-desc: Store the preferences of your users as they interact with the Admin Panel.
-keywords: admin, preferences, custom, customize, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
+order: 50
+desc: Store the preferences of your users as they interact with the Admin panel.
+keywords: admin, preferences, custom, customize, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
 ---
 
-As your users interact with the [Admin Panel](./overview), you might want to store their preferences in a persistent manner, so that when they revisit the Admin Panel in a different session or from a different device, they can pick right back up where they left off.
+As your users interact with your Admin panel, you might want to store their preferences in a persistent manner, so that when they revisit the Admin panel, they can pick right back up where they left off.
 
 Out of the box, Payload handles the persistence of your users' preferences in a handful of ways, including:
 
-1. Columns in the Collection List View: their active state and order
-1. The user's last active [Locale](../configuration/localization)
-1. The "collapsed" state of `blocks`, `array`, and `collapsible` fields
-1. The last-known state of the `Nav` component, etc.
+1. Collection `List` view active columns, and their order, that users define
+1. Their last active locale
+1. The "collapsed" state of blocks, on a document level, as users edit or interact with documents
 
 <Banner type="warning">
   <strong>Important:</strong>
@@ -22,38 +21,38 @@ Out of the box, Payload handles the persistence of your users' preferences in a
   that is reading or setting a preference via all provided authentication methods.
 </Banner>
 
-## Use Cases
+### Use cases
 
-This API is used significantly for internal operations of the Admin Panel, as mentioned above. But, if you're building your own React components for use in the Admin Panel, you can allow users to set their own preferences in correspondence to their usage of your components. For example:
+This API is used significantly for internal operations of the Admin panel, as mentioned above. But, if you're building your own React components for use in the Admin panel, you can allow users to set their own preferences in correspondence to their usage of your components. For example:
 
 - If you have built a "color picker", you could "remember" the last used colors that the user has set for easy access next time
 - If you've built a custom `Nav` component, and you've built in an "accordion-style" UI, you might want to store the `collapsed` state of each Nav collapsible item. This way, if an editor returns to the panel, their `Nav` state is persisted automatically
 - You might want to store `recentlyAccessed` documents to give admin editors an easy shortcut back to their recently accessed documents on the `Dashboard` or similar
 - Many other use cases exist. Invent your own! Give your editors an intelligent and persistent editing experience.
 
-## Database
+### Database
 
-Payload automatically creates an internally used `payload-preferences` Collection that stores user preferences. Each document in the `payload-preferences` Collection contains the following shape:
+Payload automatically creates an internally used `payload-preferences` collection that stores user preferences. Each document in the `payload-preferences` collection contains the following shape:
 
 | Key               | Value                                                             |
 | ----------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- |
 | `id`              | A unique ID for each preference stored.                           |
 | `key`             | A unique `key` that corresponds to the preference.                |
 | `user.value`      | The ID of the `user` that is storing its preference.              |
-| `user.relationTo` | The `slug` of the Collection that the `user` is logged in as.     |
+| `user.relationTo` | The `slug` of the collection that the `user` is logged in as.     |
 | `value`           | The value of the preference. Can be any data shape that you need. |
 | `createdAt`       | A timestamp of when the preference was created.                   |
 | `updatedAt`       | A timestamp set to the last time the preference was updated.      |
 
-## APIs
+### APIs
 
-Preferences are available to both [GraphQL](/docs/graphql/overview#preferences) and [REST](/docs/rest-api/overview#preferences) APIs.
+Preferences are available to both [GraphQL](/docs/graphql/overview#preferences) and [REST](/docs/rest-api/overview#) APIs.
 
-## Adding or reading Preferences in your own components
+### Adding or reading Preferences in your own components
 
-The Payload Admin Panel offers a `usePreferences` hook. The hook is only meant for use within the Admin Panel itself. It provides you with two methods:
+The Payload admin panel offers a `usePreferences` hook. The hook is only meant for use within the admin panel itself. It provides you with two methods:
 
-#### `getPreference`
+##### `getPreference`
 
 This async method provides an easy way to retrieve a user's preferences by `key`. It will return a promise containing the resulting preference value.
 
@@ -61,7 +60,7 @@ This async method provides an easy way to retrieve a user's preferences by `key`
 
 - `key`: the `key` of your preference to retrieve.
 
-#### `setPreference`
+##### `setPreference`
 
 Also async, this method provides you with an easy way to set a user preference. It returns `void`.
 
@@ -72,12 +71,11 @@ Also async, this method provides you with an easy way to set a user preference.
 
 ## Example
 
-Here is an example for how you can utilize `usePreferences` within your custom Admin Panel components. Note - this example is not fully useful and is more just a reference for how to utilize the Preferences API. In this case, we are demonstrating how to set and retrieve a user's last used colors history within a `ColorPicker` or similar type component.
+Here is an example for how you can utilize `usePreferences` within your custom Admin panel components. Note - this example is not fully useful and is more just a reference for how to utilize the Preferences API. In this case, we are demonstrating how to set and retrieve a user's last used colors history within a `ColorPicker` or similar type component.
 
-```tsx
-'use client'
+```
 import React, { Fragment, useState, useEffect, useCallback } from 'react';
-import { usePreferences } from '@payloadcms/ui'
+import { usePreferences } from 'payload/components/preferences';
 
 const lastUsedColorsPreferenceKey = 'last-used-colors';
 

docs/admin/views.mdx

@@ -1,375 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Customizing Views
-label: Customizing Views
-order: 50
-desc:
-keywords:
----
-
-Views are the individual pages that make up the [Admin Panel](./overview), such as the Dashboard, List, and Edit views. One of the most powerful ways to customize the Admin Panel is to create Custom Views. These are [Custom Components](./components) that can either replace built-in views or can be entirely new.
-
-There are four types of views within the Admin Panel:
-
-- [Root Views](#root-views)
-- [Collection Views](#collection-views)
-- [Global Views](#global-views)
-- [Document Views](#document-views)
-
-To swap in your own Custom View, first consult the list of available components, determine the scope that corresponds to what you are trying to accomplish, then [author your React component(s)](#building-custom-views) accordingly.
-
-## Root Views
-
-Root Views are the main views of the [Admin Panel](./overview). These are views that are scoped directly under the `/admin` route, such as the Dashboard or Account views.
-
-To swap Root Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-root-views), use the `admin.components.views` property of your root [Payload Config](../configuration/overview):
-
-```ts
-import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
-
-const config = buildConfig({
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    components: {
-      views: {
-        customView: {
-          Component: '/path/to/MyCustomView#MyCustomView', // highlight-line
-          path: '/my-custom-view',
-        }
-      },
-    },
-  },
-})
-```
-
-Your Custom Root Views can optionally use one of the templates that Payload provides. The most common of these is the Default Template which provides the basic layout and navigation. Here is an example of what that might look like:
-
-```tsx
-import type { AdminViewProps } from 'payload'
-
-import { DefaultTemplate } from '@payloadcms/next/templates'
-import { Gutter } from '@payloadcms/ui'
-import React from 'react'
-
-export const MyCustomView: React.FC<AdminViewProps> = ({
-  initPageResult,
-  params,
-  searchParams,
-}) => {
-  return (
-    <DefaultTemplate
-      i18n={initPageResult.req.i18n}
-      locale={initPageResult.locale}
-      params={params}
-      payload={initPageResult.req.payload}
-      permissions={initPageResult.permissions}
-      searchParams={searchParams}
-      user={initPageResult.req.user || undefined}
-      visibleEntities={initPageResult.visibleEntities}
-    >
-      <Gutter>
-        <h1>Custom Default Root View</h1>
-        <br />
-        <p>This view uses the Default Template.</p>
-      </Gutter>
-    </DefaultTemplate>
-  )
-}
-```
-
-_For details on how to build Custom Views, including all available props, see [Building Custom Views](#building-custom-views)._
-
-The following options are available:
-
-| Property        | Description                                                                   |
-| --------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`account`**   | The Account view is used to show the currently logged in user's Account page. |
-| **`dashboard`** | The main landing page of the [Admin Panel](./overview).                                     |
-
-For more granular control, pass a configuration object instead. Payload exposes the following properties for each view:
-
-| Property           | Description                                                                                                                                                                                |
-| ------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
-| **`Component`** \* | Pass in the component path that should be rendered when a user navigates to this route.                                                                                                         |
-| **`path`** \*      | Any valid URL path or array of paths that [`path-to-regexp`](https://www.npmjs.com/package/path-to-regex) understands.                                                                     |
-| **`exact`**        | Boolean. When true, will only match if the path matches the `usePathname()` exactly.                                                                                                     |
-| **`strict`**       | When true, a path that has a trailing slash will only match a `location.pathname` with a trailing slash. This has no effect when there are additional URL segments in the pathname. |
-| **`sensitive`**    | When true, will match if the path is case sensitive.|
-| **`meta`**         | Page metadata overrides to apply to this view within the Admin Panel. [More details](./metadata).                                                                           |
-
-_\* An asterisk denotes that a property is required._
-
-### Adding New Views
-
-To add a _new_ views to the [Admin Panel](./overview), simply add your own key to the `views` object with at least a `path` and `Component` property. For example:
-
-```ts
-import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
-
-const config = buildConfig({
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    components: {
-      views: {
-        // highlight-start
-        myCustomView: {
-        // highlight-end
-          Component: '/path/to/MyCustomView#MyCustomViewComponent',
-          path: '/my-custom-view',
-        },
-      },
-    },
-  },
-})
-```
-
-The above example shows how to add a new [Root View](#root-views), but the pattern is the same for [Collection Views](#collection-views), [Global Views](#global-views), and [Document Views](#document-views). For help on how to build your own Custom Views, see [Building Custom Views](#building-custom-views).
-
-<Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  <br />
-  Routes are cascading, so unless explicitly given the `exact` property, they will
-  match on URLs that simply _start_ with the route's path. This is helpful when creating catch-all
-  routes in your application. Alternatively, define your nested route _before_ your parent
-  route.
-</Banner>
-
-<Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Custom views are public</strong>
-  <br />
-  Custom views are public by default. If your view requires a user to be logged in or to have certain access rights, you should handle that within your view component yourself.
-</Banner>
-
-## Collection Views
-
-Collection Views are views that are scoped under the `/collections` route, such as the Collection List and Document Edit views.
-
-To swap out Collection Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-views), use the `admin.components.views` property of your [Collection Config](../collections/overview):
-
-```ts
-import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const MyCollectionConfig: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    components: {
-      views: {
-        edit: {
-          root: {
-            Component: '/path/to/MyCustomEditView', // highlight-line
-          }
-          // other options include:
-          // default
-          // versions
-          // version
-          // api
-          // livePreview
-          // [key: string]
-          // See "Document Views" for more details
-        },
-        list: {
-          Component: '/path/to/MyCustomListView',
-        }
-      },
-    },
-  },
-}
-```
-
-_For details on how to build Custom Views, including all available props, see [Building Custom Views](#building-custom-views)._
-
-<Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  The `root` property will replace the _entire_ Edit View, including the title, tabs, etc., _as well as all nested [Document Views](#document-views)_, such as the API, Live Preview, and Version views. To replace only the Edit View precisely, use the `edit.default` key instead.
-</Banner>
-
-The following options are available:
-
-| Property   | Description                                                                                                       |
-| ---------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`edit`** | The Edit View is used to edit a single document for any given Collection. [More details](#document-views).     |
-| **`list`** | The List View is used to show a list of documents for any given Collection.                                         |
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  You can also add _new_ Collection Views to the config by adding a new key to the `views` object with at least a `path` and `Component` property. See [Adding New Views](#adding-new-views) for more information.
-</Banner>
-
-## Global Views
-
-Global Views are views that are scoped under the `/globals` route, such as the Document Edit View.
-
-To swap out Global Views with your own or [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-views), use the `admin.components.views` property in your [Global Config](../globals/overview):
-
-```ts
-import type { SanitizedGlobalConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const MyGlobalConfig: SanitizedGlobalConfig = {
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    components: {
-      views: {
-        edit: {
-          root: {
-            Component: '/path/to/MyCustomEditView', // highlight-line
-          }
-          // other options include:
-          // default
-          // versions
-          // version
-          // api
-          // livePreview
-          // [key: string]
-        },
-      },
-    },
-  },
-}
-```
-
-_For details on how to build Custom Views, including all available props, see [Building Custom Views](#building-custom-views)._
-
-<Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  The `root` property will replace the _entire_ Edit View, including the title, tabs, etc., _as well as all nested [Document Views](#document-views)_, such as the API, Live Preview, and Version views. To replace only the Edit View precisely, use the `edit.default` key instead.
-</Banner>
-
-The following options are available:
-
-| Property   | Description                                                         |
-| ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`edit`** | The Edit View is used to edit a single document for any given Global. [More details](#document-views). |
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Note:</strong>
-  You can also add _new_ Global Views to the config by adding a new key to the `views` object with at least a `path` and `Component` property. See [Adding New Views](#adding-new-views) for more information.
-</Banner>
-
-## Document Views
-
-Document Views are views that are scoped under the `/collections/:collectionSlug/:id` or the `/globals/:globalSlug` route, such as the Edit View or the API View. All Document Views keep their overall structure across navigation changes, such as their title and tabs, and replace only the content below.
-
-To swap out Document Views with your own, or to [create entirely new ones](#adding-new-document-views), use the `admin.components.views.Edit[key]` property in your [Collection Config](../collections/overview) or [Global Config](../globals/overview):
-
-```ts
-import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const MyCollectionOrGlobalConfig: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    components: {
-      views: {
-        edit: {
-          api: {
-            Component: '/path/to/MyCustomAPIViewComponent', // highlight-line
-          },
-        },
-      },
-    },
-  },
-}
-```
-
-_For details on how to build Custom Views, including all available props, see [Building Custom Views](#building-custom-views)._
-
-<Banner type="warning">
- <strong>Note:</strong>
- If you need to replace the _entire_ Edit View, including _all_ nested Document Views, use the `root` key. See [Custom Collection Views](#collection-views) or [Custom Global Views](#global-views) for more information.
-</Banner>
-
-The following options are available:
-
-| Property          | Description                                                                                                                 |
-| ----------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`root`**        | The Root View overrides all other nested views and routes. No document controls or tabs are rendered when this key is set.  |
-| **`default`**     | The Default View is the primary view in which your document is edited. It is rendered within the "Edit" tab.     |
-| **`versions`**    | The Versions View is used to navigate the version history of a single document. It is rendered within the "Versions" tab. [More details](../versions).                    |
-| **`version`**     | The Version View is used to edit a single version of a document. It is rendered within the "Version" tab. [More details](../versions). |
-| **`api`**         | The API View is used to display the REST API JSON response for a given document. It is rendered within the "API" tab.                                            |
-| **`livePreview`** | The LivePreview view is used to display the Live Preview interface. It is rendered within the "Live Preview" tab. [More details](../live-preview).                        |
-
-### Document Tabs
-
-Each Document View can be given a new tab in the Edit View, if desired. Tabs are highly configurable, from as simple as changing the label to swapping out the entire component, they can be modified in any way. To add or customize tabs in the Edit View, use the `tab` key:
-
-```ts
-import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const MyCollection: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
-  slug: 'my-collection',
-  admin: {
-    components: {
-      views: {
-        edit: {
-          myCustomTab: {
-            Component: '/path/to/MyCustomTab',
-            path: '/my-custom-tab',
-            tab: {
-              Component: '/path/to/MyCustomTabComponent' // highlight-line
-            }
-          },
-          anotherCustomTab: {
-            Component: '/path/to/AnotherCustomView',
-            path: '/another-custom-view',
-            // highlight-start
-            tab: {
-              label: 'Another Custom View',
-              href: '/another-custom-view',
-            }
-            // highlight-end
-          },
-        },
-      },
-    },
-  },
-}
-```
-
-<Banner type="warning">
- <strong>Note:</strong>
- This applies to _both_ Collections _and_ Globals.
-</Banner>
-
-## Building Custom Views
-
-Custom Views are just [Custom Components](./components) rendered at the page-level. To understand how to build Custom Views, first review the [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components) guide. Once you have a Custom Component ready, you can use it as a Custom View.
-
-```ts
-import type { SanitizedCollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const MyCollectionConfig: SanitizedCollectionConfig = {
-  // ...
-  admin: {
-    components: {
-      views: {
-        edit: {
-          Component: '/path/to/MyCustomView' // highlight-line
-        }
-      },
-    },
-  },
-}
-```
-
-### Default Props
-
-Your Custom Views will be provided with the following props:
-
-| Prop                      | Description                                                                                                                            |
-| ------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
-| **`initPageResult`**      | An object containing `req`, `payload`, `permissions`, etc.                                                                  |
-| **`clientConfig`**        | The Client Config object. [More details](../components#accessing-the-payload-config).                                                             |
-| **`importMap`**           | The import map object.                                                        |
-| **`params`**              | An object containing the [Dynamic Route Parameters](https://nextjs.org/docs/app/building-your-application/routing/dynamic-routes).     |
-| **`searchParams`**        | An object containing the [Search Parameters](https://developer.mozilla.org/docs/Learn/Common_questions/What_is_a_URL#parameters).      |
-| **`doc`**                 | The document being edited. Only available in Document Views. [More details](#document-views).                                           |
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Reminder:</strong>
-  All [Custom Server Components](./components) receive `payload` and `i18n` by default. See [Building Custom Components](./components#building-custom-components) for more details.
-</Banner>
-
-<Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Important:</strong>
-  It's up to you to secure your custom views. If your view requires a user to be logged in or to
-  have certain access rights, you should handle that within your view component yourself.
-</Banner>

docs/admin/vite.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+---
+title: Vite
+label: Vite
+order: 90
+desc: NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN
+---
+
+Payload has a Vite bundler that you can install and bundle the Admin Panel with. This is an alternative to the [Webpack](/docs/admin/webpack) bundler and might give some performance boosts to your development workflow.
+
+To use Vite as your bundler, first you need to install the package:
+
+```bash
+yarn add @payloadcms/bundler-vite
+```
+
+<Banner>
+  The Vite bundler is currently in beta. If you would like to help us test this package, we'd love to hear if you find any bugs or issues!
+</Banner>
+
+Vite works fundamentally differently than Webpack. In development mode, it will first pre-bundle any of your dependencies that are CommonJS-only, and then it'll leverage ESM directly in your browser for a better HMR experience.
+
+It then uses Rollup to create production builds of your admin UI. With Vite, you should see a decent performance boost—especially after your first cold start. However, that first cold start might take a few more seconds.
+
+<Banner type="warning">
+  In most cases, Vite should work out of the box. But existing Payload plugins may need to make compatibility changes to support Vite.
+</Banner>
+
+This is because Vite aliases work fundamentally differently than Webpack aliases, and Payload relies on aliasing server-only code out of the Payload config to ensure that the bundled admin JS works within your browser.
+
+Here are the main differences between how Vite aliases work and how Webpack aliases work.
+
+**Vite aliases do not work with absolute paths.** 
+
+In Vite, an alias will only match if the `find` property _exactly matches_ how you are importing your server-only file. So if you are importing a file with a relative path, i.e. `'../../my-module'`, and your alias is absolute, your alias will not work.
+
+
+**Vite aliases do not get applied to pre-bundled dependencies.**
+
+This especially affects plugins, as plugins will be pre-bundled by Vite using `esbuild`. To get around this and support Vite, plugin authors need to configure an alias to their plugin at the top level, so that the alias will work accordingly.
+
+Here's an example. Say your plugin is called `payload-plugin-cool`. It's imported as follows:
+
+```ts
+import { myCoolPlugin } from 'payload-plugin-cool'
+```
+
+That plugin should create an alias to support Vite as follows:
+
+```ts
+{
+  // aliases go here
+  'payload-plugin-cool': path.resolve(__dirname, './my-admin-plugin.js')
+}
+
+```
+
+This will effectively alias the entire plugin and work with Vite. If the plugin requires admin-specific code, then the `./my-admin-plugin.js` alias target file should reflect any changes necessary to the admin UI that the main server-side plugin performs.
+
+### Extending the Vite config
+
+The Payload config supports a new property for plugins to be able to extend the Vite config specifically. That property exists on the main Payload config under `admin.vite`. 
+
+It's a function that takes a Vite config, and returns an updated Vite config. Here's an example:
+
+```ts
+export const buildConfig({
+  collections: [],
+  admin: {
+    vite: (incomingViteConfig) => ({
+      ...incomingViteConfig,
+      resolve: {
+        ...incomingViteConfig.resolve,
+        // Do whatever you need here 
+      }
+    })
+  }
+})
+```
+
+Even though there is a new property for Vite configs specifically, we have implemented some "compatibility" between Webpack and Vite out-of-the-box.
+
+If your config specifies Webpack aliases, we attempt to leverage them automatically within the Vite config. They are merged into the Vite alias configuration seamlessly and may work out-of-the-box.

docs/admin/webpack.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+---
+title: Webpack
+label: Webpack
+order: 80
+desc: The Payload admin panel uses Webpack 5 and supports many common functionalities such as SCSS and Typescript out of the box to give you more freedom.
+keywords: admin, webpack, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
+---
+
+Payload has a Webpack (v5) bundler that you can build the Admin panel with. For now, we recommended using it because it is stable. If you are feeling a bit more adventurous you can give the [Vite](/docs/admin/vite) bundler a shot.
+
+Out of the box, the Webpack bundler supports common functionalities such as SCSS and Typescript, but there are many cases where you may need to add support for additional functionalities.
+
+#### Installation
+
+```bash
+yarn add @payloadcms/bundler-webpack
+```
+
+#### Import the bundler
+
+```ts
+// payload.config.ts
+
+import { buildConfig } from 'payload/config'
+import { webpackBundler } from '@payloadcms/bundler-webpack'
+
+export default buildConfig({
+  // highlight-start
+  admin: {
+    bundler: webpackBundler()
+  },
+  // highlight-end
+})
+```
+
+### Extending Webpack
+
+If you need to extend the Webpack config, you can do so by passing a function to the `admin.webpack` property on your Payload config.
+The function will receive the Webpack config as an argument and should return the modified config.
+
+```ts
+// payload.config.ts
+
+import { buildConfig } from 'payload/config'
+import { webpackBundler } from '@payloadcms/bundler-webpack'
+
+export default buildConfig({
+  admin: {
+    bundler: webpackBundler()
+    // highlight-start
+    webpack: (config) => {
+      // full control of the Webpack config
+
+      return config
+    },
+    // highlight-end
+  },
+})
+```
+
+<Banner type="success">
+  <strong>Tip:</strong>
+  <br />
+  If changes to your Webpack aliases are not surfacing, they might be
+  [cached](https://webpack.js.org/configuration/cache/) in `node_modules/.cache/webpack`. Try
+  deleting that folder and restarting your server.
+</Banner>

docs/authentication/api-keys.mdx

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
----
-title: API Key Strategy
-label: API Key Strategy
-order: 50
-desc: Enable API key based authentication to interface with Payload.
-keywords: authentication, config, configuration, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
----
-
-To integrate with third-party APIs or services, you might need the ability to generate API keys that can be used to identify as a certain user within Payload. API keys are generated on a user-by-user basis, similar to email and passwords, and are meant to represent a single user.
-
-For example, if you have a third-party service or external app that needs to be able to perform protected actions against Payload, first you need to create a user within Payload, i.e. `dev@thirdparty.com`. From your external application you will need to authenticate with that user, you have two options:
-
-1. Log in each time with that user and receive an expiring token to request with.
-1. Generate a non-expiring API key for that user to request with.
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Tip:</strong>
-  <br/>
-  This is particularly useful as you can create a "user" that reflects an integration with a specific external service and assign a "role" or specific access only needed by that service/integration.
-</Banner>
-
-Technically, both of these options will work for third-party integrations but the second option with API key is simpler, because it reduces the amount of work that your integrations need to do to be authenticated properly.
-
-To enable API keys on a collection, set the `useAPIKey` auth option to `true`. From there, a new interface will appear in the [Admin Panel](../admin/overview) for each document within the collection that allows you to generate an API key for each user in the Collection.
-
-```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const ThirdPartyAccess: CollectionConfig = {
-  slug: 'third-party-access',
-  auth: {
-    useAPIKey: true, // highlight-line
-  },
-  fields: [],
-}
-```
-
-User API keys are encrypted within the database, meaning that if your database is compromised,
-your API keys will not be.
-
-<Banner type="warning">
-  <strong>Important:</strong>
-  If you change your `PAYLOAD_SECRET`, you will need to regenerate your API keys.
-  <br />
-  The secret key is used to encrypt the API keys, so if you change the secret, existing API keys will
-  no longer be valid.
-</Banner>
-
-### HTTP Authentication
-
-To authenticate REST or GraphQL API requests using an API key, set the `Authorization` header. The header is case-sensitive and needs the slug of the `auth.useAPIKey` enabled collection, then " API-Key ", followed by the `apiKey` that has been assigned. Payload's built-in middleware will then assign the user document to `req.user` and handle requests with the proper [Access Control](../access-control/overview). By doing this, Payload recognizes the request being made as a request by the user associated with that API key.
-
-**For example, using Fetch:**
-
-```ts
-import Users from '../collections/Users'
-
-const response = await fetch('http://localhost:3000/api/pages', {
-  headers: {
-    Authorization: `${Users.slug} API-Key ${YOUR_API_KEY}`,
-  },
-})
-```
-
-Payload ensures that the same, uniform [Access Control](../access-control/overview) is used across all authentication strategies. This enables you to utilize your existing Access Control configurations with both API keys and the standard email/password authentication. This consistency can aid in maintaining granular control over your API keys.
-
-### API Key Only Auth
-
-If you want to use API keys as the only authentication method for a collection, you can disable the default local strategy by setting `disableLocalStrategy` to `true` on the collection's `auth` property. This will disable the ability to authenticate with email and password, and will only allow for authentication via API key.
-
-```ts
-import type { CollectionConfig } from 'payload'
-
-export const ThirdPartyAccess: CollectionConfig = {
-  slug: 'third-party-access',
-  auth: {
-    useAPIKey: true,
-    disableLocalStrategy: true, // highlight-line
-  },
-}
-```

docs/authentication/config.mdx

@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+---
+title: Authentication Config
+label: Config
+order: 20
+desc: Enable and customize options in the Authentication config for features including Forgot Password, Login Attempts, API key usage and more.
+keywords: authentication, config, configuration, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, express
+---
+
+Payload's Authentication is extremely powerful and gives you everything you need when you go to build a new app or site in a secure and responsible manner.
+
+To enable Authentication on a collection, define an `auth` property and set it to either `true` or to an object containing the options below.
+
+## Options
+
+| Option                     | Description                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
+| -------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`useAPIKey`**            | Payload Authentication provides for API keys to be set on each user within an Authentication-enabled Collection. [More](/docs/authentication/config#api-keys)                                                                       |
+| **`tokenExpiration`**      | How long (in seconds) to keep the user logged in. JWTs and HTTP-only cookies will both expire at the same time.                                                                                                                     |
+| **`maxLoginAttempts`**     | Only allow a user to attempt logging in X amount of times. Automatically locks out a user from authenticating if this limit is passed. Set to `0` to disable.                                                                       |
+| **`lockTime`**             | Set the time (in milliseconds) that a user should be locked out if they fail authentication more times than `maxLoginAttempts` allows for.                                                                                          |
+| **`depth`**                | How many levels deep a `user` document should be populated when creating the JWT and binding the `user` to the express `req`. Defaults to `0` and should only be modified if absolutely necessary, as this will affect performance. |
+| **`cookies`**              | Set cookie options, including `secure`, `sameSite`, and `domain`. For advanced users.                                                                                                                                               |
+| **`forgotPassword`**       | Customize the way that the `forgotPassword` operation functions. [More](/docs/authentication/config#forgot-password)                                                                                                                |
+| **`verify`**               | Set to `true` or pass an object with verification options to require users to verify by email before they are allowed to log into your app. [More](/docs/authentication/config#email-verification)                                  |
+| **`disableLocalStrategy`** | Advanced - disable Payload's built-in local auth strategy. Only use this property if you have replaced Payload's auth mechanisms with your own.                                                                                     |
+| **`strategies`**           | Advanced - an array of PassportJS authentication strategies to extend this collection's authentication with. [More](/docs/authentication/config#strategies)                                                                         |
+
+### API keys
+
+To integrate with third-party APIs or services, you might need the ability to generate API keys that can be used to identify as a certain user within Payload.
+
+In Payload, users are essentially documents within a collection. Just like you can authenticate as a user with an email and password, which is considered as our default local auth strategy, you can also authenticate as a user with an API key. API keys are generated on a user-by-user basis, similar to email and passwords, and are meant to represent a single user.
+
+For example, if you have a third-party service or external app that needs to be able to perform protected actions at its discretion, you have two options:
+
+1. Create a user for the third-party app, and log in each time to receive a token before you attempt to access any protected actions
+1. Enable API key support for the Collection, where you can generate a non-expiring API key per user in the collection. This is particularly useful as you can create a "user" that reflects an integration with a specific external service and assign a "role" or specific access only needed by that service/integration. Alternatively, you could create a "super admin" user and assign an API key to that user so that any requests made with that API key are considered as being made by that super user.
+
+Technically, both of these options will work for third-party integrations but the second option with API key is simpler, because it reduces the amount of work that your integrations need to do to be authenticated properly.
+
+To enable API keys on a collection, set the `useAPIKey` auth option to `true`. From there, a new interface will appear in the Admin panel for each document within the collection that allows you to generate an API key for each user in the Collection.
+
+<Banner type="success">
+  User API keys are encrypted within the database, meaning that if your database is compromised,
+  your API keys will not be.
+</Banner>
+
+#### Authenticating via API Key
+
+To authenticate REST or GraphQL API requests using an API key, set the `Authorization` header. The header is case-sensitive and needs the slug of the `auth.useAPIKey` enabled collection, then " API-Key ", followed by the `apiKey` that has been assigned. Payload's built-in middleware will then assign the user document to `req.user` and handle requests with the proper access control. By doing this, Payload recognizes the request being made as a request by the user associated with that API key.
+
+**For example, using Fetch:**
+
+```ts
+import User from '../collections/User'
+
+const response = await fetch('http://localhost:3000/api/pages', {
+  headers: {
+    Authorization: `${User.slug} API-Key ${YOUR_API_KEY}`,
+  },
+})
+```
+
+Payload ensures that the same, uniform access control is used across all authentication strategies. This enables you to utilize your existing access control configurations with both API keys and the standard email/password authentication. This consistency can aid in maintaining granular control over your API keys.
+
+#### API Key _Only_ Authentication
+
+If you want to use API keys as the only authentication method for a collection, you can disable the default local strategy by setting `disableLocalStrategy` to `true` on the collection's `auth` property. This will disable the ability to authenticate with email and password, and will only allow for authentication via API key.
+
+```ts
+import { CollectionConfig } from 'payload/types'
+
+export const Customers: CollectionConfig = {
+  slug: 'customers',
+  auth: {
+    useAPIKey: true,
+    disableLocalStrategy: true,
+  },
+}
+```
+
+### Forgot Password
+
+You can customize how the Forgot Password workflow operates with the following options on the `auth.forgotPassword` property:
+
+**`generateEmailHTML`**
+
+Function that accepts one argument, containing `{ req, token, user }`, that allows for overriding the HTML within emails that are sent to users attempting to reset their password. The function should return a string that supports HTML, which can be a full HTML email.
+
+<Banner type="success">
+  <strong>Tip:</strong>
+  <br />
+  HTML templating can be used to create custom email templates, inline CSS automatically, and more.
+  You can make a reusable function that standardizes all email sent from Payload, which makes
+  sending custom emails more DRY. Payload doesn't ship with an HTML templating engine, so you are
+  free to choose your own.
+</Banner>
+
+Example:
+
+```ts
+import { CollectionConfig } from 'payload/types'
+
+export const Customers: CollectionConfig = {
+  slug: 'customers',
+  auth: {
+    forgotPassword: {
+      // highlight-start
+      generateEmailHTML: ({ req, token, user }) => {
+        // Use the token provided to allow your user to reset their password
+        const resetPasswordURL = `https://yourfrontend.com/reset-password?token=${token}`
+
+        return `
+          <!doctype html>
+          <html>
+            <body>
+              <h1>Here is my custom email template!</h1>
+              <p>Hello, ${user.email}!</p>
+              <p>Click below to reset your password.</p>
+              <p>
+                <a href="${resetPasswordURL}">${resetPasswordURL}</a>
+              </p>
+            </body>
+          </html>
+        `
+      },
+      // highlight-end
+    },
+  },
+}
+```
+
+<Banner type="warning">
+  <strong>Important:</strong>
+  <br />
+  If you specify a different URL to send your users to for resetting their password, such as a page
+  on the frontend of your app or similar, you need to handle making the call to the Payload REST or
+  GraphQL reset-password operation yourself on your frontend, using the token that was provided for
+  you. Above, it was passed via query parameter.
+</Banner>
+
+**`generateEmailSubject`**
+
+Similarly to the above `generateEmailHTML`, you can also customize the subject of the email. The function argument are the same but you can only return a string - not HTML.
+
+Example:
+
+```ts
+{
+  slug: 'customers',
+  auth: {
+    forgotPassword: {
+      // highlight-start
+      generateEmailSubject: ({ req, user }) => {
+        return `Hey ${user.email}, reset your password!`;
+      }
+      // highlight-end
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### Email Verification
+
+If you'd like to require email verification before a user can successfully log in, you can enable it by passing `true` or an `options` object to `auth.verify`. The following options are available:
+
+**`generateEmailHTML`**
+
+Function that accepts one argument, containing `{ req, token, user }`, that allows for overriding the HTML within emails that are sent to users indicating how to validate their account. The function should return a string that supports HTML, which can optionally be a full HTML email.
+
+Example:
+
+```ts
+import { CollectionConfig } from 'payload/types'
+
+export const Customers: CollectionConfig = {
+  slug: 'customers',
+  auth: {
+    verify: {
+      // highlight-start
+      generateEmailHTML: ({ req, token, user }) => {
+        // Use the token provided to allow your user to verify their account
+        const url = `https://yourfrontend.com/verify?token=${token}`
+
+        return `Hey ${user.email}, verify your email by clicking here: ${url}`
+      },
+      // highlight-end
+    },
+  },
+}
+```
+
+<Banner type="warning">
+  <strong>Important:</strong>
+  <br />
+  If you specify a different URL to send your users to for email verification, such as a page on the
+  frontend of your app or similar, you need to handle making the call to the Payload REST or GraphQL
+  verification operation yourself on your frontend, using the token that was provided for you.
+  Above, it was passed via query parameter.
+</Banner>
+
+**`generateEmailSubject`**
+
+Similarly to the above `generateEmailHTML`, you can also customize the subject of the email. The function argument are the same but you can only return a string - not HTML.
+
+Example:
+
+```ts
+{
+  slug: 'customers',
+  auth: {
+    forgotPassword: {
+      // highlight-start
+      generateEmailSubject: ({ req, user }) => {
+        return `Hey ${user.email}, reset your password!`;
+      }
+      // highlight-end
+    }
+  }
+}
+```
+
+### Strategies
+
+As of Payload `1.0.0`, you can add additional authentication strategies to Payload easily by passing them to your collection's `auth.strategies` array.
+
+Behind the scenes, Payload uses PassportJS to power its local authentication strategy, so most strategies listed on the PassportJS website will work seamlessly. Combined with adding custom components to the admin panel's `Login` view, you can create advanced authentication strategies directly within Payload.
+
+<Banner type="warning">
+  This is an advanced feature, so only attempt this if you are an experienced developer. Otherwise,
+  just let Payload's built-in authentication handle user auth for you.
+</Banner>
+
+The `strategies` property is an array that takes objects with the following properties:
+
+**`strategy`**
+
+This property can accept a Passport strategy directly, or you can pass a function that takes a `payload` argument, and returns a Passport strategy.
+
+**`name`**
+
+If you pass a strategy to the `strategy` property directly, the `name` property is optional and allows you to override the strategy's built-in name.
+
+However, if you pass a function to `strategy`, `name` is a required property.
+
+In either case, Payload will prefix the strategy name with the collection `slug` that the strategy is passed to.
+
+### Admin autologin
+
+For testing and demo purposes you may want to skip forcing the admin user to login in order to access the panel.
+The `admin.autologin` property is used to configure the how visitors are handled when accessing the admin panel.
+The default is that all users will have to login and this should not be enabled for environments where data needs to protected.
+
+#### autoLogin Options
+
+| Option            | Description                                                                                                     |
+| ----------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
+| **`email`**       | The email address of the user to login as                                                                       |
+| **`password`**    | The password of the user to login as                                                                            |
+| **`prefillOnly`** | If set to true, the login credentials will be prefilled but the user will still need to click the login button. |
+
+The recommended way to use this feature is behind an environment variable to ensure it is disabled when in production.
+
+**Example:**
+
+```ts
+export default buildConfig({
+  admin: {
+    user: 'users',
+    // highlight-start
+    autoLogin:
+      process.env.PAYLOAD_PUBLIC_ENABLE_AUTOLOGIN === 'true'
+        ? {
+            email: 'test@example.com',
+            password: 'test',
+            prefillOnly: true,
+          }
+        : false,
+    // highlight-end
+  },
+  collections: [
+    /** */
+  ],
+})
+```

docs/authentication/cookies.mdx

@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
----
-title: Cookie Strategy
-label: Cookie Strategy
-order: 40
-desc: Enable HTTP Cookie based authentication to interface with Payload.
-keywords: authentication, config, configuration, documentation, Content Management System, cms, headless, javascript, node, react, nextjs
----
-
-Payload offers the ability to [Authenticate](./overview) via HTTP-only cookies. These can be read from the responses of `login`, `logout`, `refresh`, and `me` auth operations.
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Tip:</strong>
-  You can access the logged-in user from within [Access Control](../access-control/overview) and [Hooks](../hooks/overview) through the `req.user` argument. [More details](./token-data).
-</Banner>
-
-### Automatic browser inclusion
-
-Modern browsers automatically include `http-only` cookies when making requests directly to URLs—meaning that if you are running your API on `https://example.com`, and you have logged in and visit `https://example.com/test-page`, your browser will automatically include the Payload authentication cookie for you.
-
-### HTTP Authentication
-
-However, if you use `fetch` or similar APIs to retrieve Payload resources from its REST or GraphQL API, you must specify to include credentials (cookies).
-
-Fetch example, including credentials:
-
-```ts
-const response = await fetch('http://localhost:3000/api/pages', {
-  credentials: 'include',
-})
-
-const pages = await response.json()
-```
-
-For more about including cookies in requests from your app to your Payload API, [read the MDN docs](https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/API/Fetch_API/Using_Fetch#Sending_a_request_with_credentials_included).
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Tip:</strong>
-  To make sure you have a Payload cookie set properly in your browser after logging in, you can use
-  the browsers Developer Tools > Application > Cookies > [your-domain-here]. The Developer tools
-  will still show HTTP-only cookies.
-</Banner>
-
-### CSRF Attacks
-
-CSRF (cross-site request forgery) attacks are common and dangerous. By using an HTTP-only cookie, Payload removes many XSS vulnerabilities, however, CSRF attacks can still be possible.
-
-For example, let's say you have a popular app `https://payload-finances.com` that allows users to manage finances, send and receive money. As Payload is using HTTP-only cookies, that means that browsers automatically will include cookies when sending requests to your domain - <strong>no matter what page created the request</strong>.
-
-So, if a user of `https://payload-finances.com` is logged in and is browsing around on the internet, they might stumble onto a page with malicious intent. Let's look at an example:
-
-```ts
-// malicious-intent.com
-// makes an authenticated request as on your behalf
-
-const maliciousRequest = await fetch(`https://payload-finances.com/api/me`, {
-  credentials: 'include'
-}).then(res => await res.json())
-```
-
-In this scenario, if your cookie was still valid, malicious-intent.com would be able to make requests like the one above on your behalf. This is a CSRF attack.
-
-### CSRF Prevention
-
-Define domains that your trust and are willing to accept Payload HTTP-only cookie based requests from. Use the `csrf` option on the base Payload Config to do this:
-
-```ts
-// payload.config.ts
-
-import { buildConfig } from 'payload'
-
-const config = buildConfig({
-  serverURL: 'https://my-payload-instance.com',
-  // highlight-start
-  csrf: [
-    // whitelist of domains to allow cookie auth from
-    'https://your-frontend-app.com',
-    'https://your-other-frontend-app.com',
-    // `config.serverURL` is added by default if defined
-  ],
-  // highlight-end
-  collections: [
-    // collections here
-  ],
-})
-
-export default config
-```
-
-#### Cross domain authentication
-
-If your frontend is on a different domain than your Payload API then you will not be able to use HTTP-only cookies for authentication by default as they will be considered third-party cookies by the browser.
-There are a few strategies to get around this:
-
-##### 1. Use subdomains
-
-Cookies can cross subdomains without being considered third party cookies, for example if your API is at api.example.com then you can authenticate from example.com.
-
-##### 2. Configure cookies
-
-If option 1 isn't possible, then you can get around this limitation by [configuring your cookies](./overview#config-options) on your authentication collection to achieve the following setup:
-
-```
-SameSite: None // allows the cookie to cross domains
-Secure: true // ensures its sent over HTTPS only
-HttpOnly: true // ensures its not accessible via client side JavaScript
-```
-
-Configuration example:
-
-```ts
-{
-  slug: 'users',
-  auth: {
-    cookies: {
-      sameSite: 'None',
-      secure: true,
-    }
-  },
-  fields: [
-    // your auth fields here
-  ]
-},
-```
-
-If you're configuring [cors](../production/preventing-abuse#cross-origin-resource-sharing-cors) in your Payload config, you won't be able to use a wildcard anymore, you'll need to specify the list of allowed domains.
-
-
-<Banner type="success">
-  <strong>Good to know:</strong>
-  Setting up <code>secure: true</code> will not work if you're developing on <code>http://localhost</code> or any non-https domain. For local development you should conditionally set this to <code>false</code> based on the environment.
-</Banner>